UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015
(cid:1) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number: 001-34632
CRYOPORT, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Nevada
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
88-0313393
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
20382 Barents Sea Circle
Lake Forest, CA 92630
(Address of principal executive offices)
(949) 470-2300
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
OTC Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $0.001
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:1) No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:1) No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No (cid:1)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data
File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes No (cid:1)
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K (cid:1)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer (cid:1)
Non-accelerated filer (cid:1) (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Accelerated filer
(cid:1)
Smaller reporting company
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:1) No
The aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of September 30, 2014 was $25,056,500(1) based on the
closing sale price of such common equity on such date.
As of May 8, 2015 there were 5,025,577 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.
(1) Excludes 215,286 shares of common stock held by directors and officers, and any stockholders whose ownership exceeds five percent of the
shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Item 15.
Signatures
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART III
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
PART IV
2
Page
3
18
30
30
31
31
31
32
33
40
40
40
40
41
43
43
48
51
52
53
59
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the “Company”, “we,” “us,” “our,” or
“Cryoport” refer to Cryoport, Inc. and our wholly owned subsidiary, Cryoport Systems, Inc. In addition, we own or have rights to the registered
trademark Cryoport ® (both alone and with a design logo) and Cryoport Express ® (both alone and with a design logo). All other Company
names, registered trademarks, trademarks, and service marks included in this Annual Report are trademarks, registered trademarks, service
marks, or trade names of their respective owners.
Cryoport, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve a
number of risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified as such because the context of the statement will
include certain words, including but not limited to, “believes,” “may,” “will,” “expects,” “intends,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “plans,”
“seeks,” “continues,” “predicts,” “potential,” “likely,” or “opportunity,” and also contains predictions, estimates and other forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and in reliance upon the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking
statements are based on the current beliefs of the Company’s management, as well as assumptions made by and information currently available
to the Company’s management. Readers of this Annual Report on Form 10-K should not put undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements, which speak only as of the time this Annual Report on Form 10-K was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
“SEC”). Reference is made in particular to forward-looking statements regarding the success of our products, product approvals, product sales,
revenues, development timelines, product acquisitions, liquidity and capital resources and trends. Forward-looking statements are inherently
subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. Cryoport Inc.’s actual results may differ materially from the
results projected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the “Risk Factors” in “Item 1A — Risk Factors”, and in “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Part II. In addition, past financial or operating performance is not
necessarily a reliable indicator of future performance, and you should not use our historical performance to anticipate results or future period
trends. We can give no assurances that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them do, what
impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition. Except as required by law, we do not undertake to update any such
forward-looking statements and expressly disclaim any duty to update the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
PART 1
Item 1. Business
Overview
Cryoport is a leading provider of cryogenic logistics solutions to the life sciences industry through its purpose-built proprietary packaging,
information technology and specialized cold chain logistics expertise. We provide leading edge logistics solutions for biologic materials such as
immunotherapies, stem cells, CAR-T cells, and reproductive cells for clients worldwide, including points-of-care, CRO’s, central laboratories,
biopharmaceuticals, contract manufacturing, health centers and university research. Our packaging is built around our proprietary Cryoport
Express ® liquid nitrogen dry vapor shippers, which are validated to maintain a constant -150°C temperature for a ten day dynamic shipment
duration. Our information technology centers on our Cryoportal™ Logistics Management Platform, which facilitates management of the entire
shipment process.
We view our solutions as disruptive to “older technologies” such as dry ice, in that our solutions provide reliable, economic alternatives to
existing solutions and services utilized for frozen shipping in life sciences, including immunotherapies, stem cells, cell lines, vaccines, diagnostic
materials, semen, eggs, embryos, cord blood, bio-pharmaceuticals, infectious substances and other items that require continuous exposure to
frozen or cryogenic temperatures.
Our Cryoport Express ® Solutions include a sophisticated cloud-based logistics operating platform, which is branded as the Cryoportal™.
The Cryoportal™ supports the management of the entire shipment and logistics process through a single interface, including initial order input,
document preparation, customs clearance, courier management, shipment tracking, issue resolution, and delivery. In addition, it provides unique
and incisive information dashboards and validation documentation for every shipment. The Cryoportal™ records and retains a fully documented
“chain-of-custody” and, at the client’s option, “chain-of-condition” for every shipment, helping ensure that quality, safety, efficacy, and stability
of shipped commodities are maintained throughout the process. This recorded and archived information allows our clients to meet exacting
requirements necessary for scientific work and for proof of regulatory compliance during the logistics phase.
3
The branded packaging for our Cryoport Express ® Solutions includes our liquid nitrogen dry vapor shippers, the Cryoport Express ®
Shippers. The Cryoport Express ® Shippers are cost-effective and reusable cryogenic transport containers (our standard shipper is a patented
vacuum flask) utilizing an innovative application of “dry vapor” liquid nitrogen (“LN2”) technology. Cryoport Express ® Shippers are
International Air Transport Association (“IATA”) certified and validated to maintain stable temperatures of minus 150° C and below for a 10-
day dynamic shipment period. The Company currently features three Cryoport Express ® Shippers: the Standard Dry Shipper (holding up to 75
2.0 ml vials), the High Volume Dry Shipper (holding up to 500 2.0 ml vials) and the recently introduced Cryoport Express ® CXVC1 Shipper
(holding up to 1,500 2.0 ml vials). In addition, we assist clients with internal secondary packaging as well (e.g., vials, canes, straws, plates, etc.)
Our most used solution is the “turnkey” solution, which can be accessed directly through our cloud-based Cryoportal™ or by contacting
Cryoport Client Care for order entry. Once an order is placed and cleared, we ship a fully charged Cryoport Express ® Shipper to the client who
conveniently loads its frozen commodity into the inner chamber of the Cryoport Express ® Shipper . The customer then closes the shipper
package and reseals the shipping box displaying the next recipient’s address (“Flap A”) for pre-arranged carrier pick up. Cryoport arranges for
the pick-up of the parcel by a shipping service provider, which is designated by the client or chosen by Cryoport, for delivery to the client’s
intended recipient. The recipient simply opens the shipper package and removes the frozen commodity that has been shipped. The recipient then
reseals the package, displaying the nearest Cryoport Operations Center address (“Flap B”), making it ready for pre-arranged carrier pick-up.
When the Cryoport Operations Center receives the Cryoport Express ® Shipper, it is cleaned, put through quality assurance testing, and returned
to inventory for reuse.
In late 2012, we shifted our focus to become a comprehensive cryogenic logistics solutions provider. Recognizing that clients in the life
sciences industry have varying requirements, we unbundled our technologies, established customer facing solutions and took a consultative
approach to the market. Today, in addition to our standard “Turn-key Solution,” described above, we also provide the following customer facing,
value-added solutions to address our various clients’ needs:
•
•
•
•
•
•
“ Customer Staged Solution ,” designed for clients making 50 or more shipments per month. Under this solution, we supply an inventory of
our Cryoport Express ® Shippers to our customer, in an uncharged state, enabling our customer (after training/certification) to charge them
with liquid nitrogen and use our Cryoportal™ to enter orders with shipping and delivery service providers for the transportation of the
package.
“ Customer Managed Solution ,” a limited customer implemented solution, whereby we supply our Cryoport Express ® Shippers to clients
in a fully charged state, but leaving it to the client to manage the shipping, including the selection of the shipping and delivery service
provider and the return of the shipper to us.
“ powered by Cryoport SM ,” available to providers of shipping and delivery services who seek to offer a “branded” cryogenic logistics
solution as part of their service offerings, with “ powered by Cryoport SM ” appearing prominently on the offering software interface and
packaging. This solution can also be private labeled upon meeting certain requirements, such as minimum required shipping volumes.
“ Integrated Solution, ” which is our total outsource solution. It is our most comprehensive solution and involves our management of the
entire cryogenic logistics process for our client, including Cryoport employees at the client’s site to manage the client’s cryogenic logistics
function in total.
“ Regenerative Medicine Point-of-Care Repository Solution, ” designed for allogeneic therapies. In this solution we supply our Cryoport
Express ® Shipper to ship and store cryogenically preserved life science products for up to six days (or longer periods with supplementary
shippers) at a point-of-care site, with the Cryoport Express ® Shipper serving as a temporary freezer/repository enabling the efficient and
effective distribution of temperature sensitive allogeneic cell-based therapies without the expense, inconvenience, and potential costly
failure of an on-sight, cryopreservation device.
“ Personalized Medicine and Cell-based Immunotherapy Solution, ” designed for autologous therapies. In this solution our Cryoport
Express ® Shipper serves as an enabling technology for the safe transportation of manufactured autologous cellular-based immunotherapy
market by providing a comprehensive logistics solution for the verified chain of custody and condition transport from, (a) the collection of
the patient’s cells in a hospital setting, to (b) a central processing facility where they are manufactured into a personalized medicine, to (c)
the safe, cryogenically preserved return of these irreplaceable cells to a point-of-care treatment facility. If required, the Cryoport Express ®
Shipper can then serve as a temporary freezer/repository to allow the efficient distribution of this personalized medicine to the patient when
and where the medical provider needs it most without the expense, inconvenience, and potential costly failure of an on-sight,
cryopreservation device.
4
Competitive Advantages
With our first-to-market cryogenic logistics solutions for the life sciences industry, we have established a unique lead over potential
competitors. Furthermore, we are not aware of a company that offers comparable solutions and has the same capabilities Cryoport has as a global
provider of advanced, validated cryogenic logistics solutions. As a solutions company working with our tools in packaging, information
technology, and cryogenic logistics, we address our growing $1.7 billion cryogenic logistics market in innovative and creative ways.
The majority of our competition utilizes “old technologies.” In fact, most of our market still uses dry ice and liquid nitrogen. In the case of
dry ice the technology does not deliver cryogenic temperatures and, consequently, this medium allows cells to degrade, sometimes beyond any
utility. When biology was less developed, dry ice was believed to be acceptable and was readily available.
Liquid nitrogen, on the other hand, while effective, is bulky, expensive and has special handling requirements. Both dry ice and liquid
nitrogen are classified “hazardous” by shipping companies and regulatory authorities. In addition to being ineffective and/or classified as
“dangerous goods,” they are inefficient when compared to Cryoport solutions. Conversely, Cryoport’s solutions are classified as non-hazardous.
Having been validated and qualified as a solutions provider for hundreds of life sciences companies and institutions, Cryoport has logged
over 20,000 shipments to over 80 countries with hundreds of life sciences materials. Once life sciences companies start utilizing our advance
cryogenic logistics solutions, we experience minimal client attrition.
While we look at companies such as Thermo Fisher Scientific, AmerisourceBergen Corporation and Marken as potential competitors,
some of these companies are also our customers.
We think our competitive position is further enhanced by our respective “powered by Cryoport” partnership agreements with FedEx, DHL
and UPS, who collectively, account for approximately 85% of world’s air freight and who, individually, have been expanding their offerings of
cold chain logistics solutions to the life sciences industry. In short, we are the cryogenic solution for each of them, employing our packaging, our
software and our logistics expertise.
The challenge for our seasoned, professional management team is to maintain what we believe to be a four year lead in the marketplace. In
other words, we think it would take a serious potential competitor at least four years to build out the competencies that we possess and the
knowledge we have of the marketplace.
In addition to our intellectual property consisting of three issued U.S. patents, one pending U.S. patent application, and one U.S.
provisional patent application and our lead as the first to market mover, we think our biggest competitive advantage is our speed to market with
new solutions and our sensitivity to anticipate and react to market needs. Our solutions are comprehensive and it is in our “DNA” to maintain
our market lead by employing the best people in the industry as well as our current and new technologies to maintain that lead.
Given today’s environmental concerns, we also consider the fact that we are “green” to be a competitive advantage. Our packaging
materials are recyclable and the key components are reusable. The fact that the inner and outer shells of our shippers are made of aircraft-grade
aluminum makes these components recyclable as well. We take our responsibility toward the environment seriously.
Strategic Logistics Alliances
We have sought to establish strategic alliances as a method of marketing our solutions to the life sciences industry. We have focused our
efforts on leading companies in the logistics services industry as well as participants in the life sciences industry. In connection with our
alliances with providers of shipping services, we refer to their offerings as “ powered by Cryoport SM ” to reflect our solutions being integrated
into our alliance partner’s services.
Cryoport now serves and supports the three largest integrators in the world, responsible for over 85% of worldwide airfreight, with its
advanced cryogenic logistics solutions for life sciences. We operate with each independently and confidentially in support of their respective
market and sales strategies. We maintain our independent partnerships with strict confidentiality guidelines within the Company. These
agreements represent a significant validation of our solutions and the way we conduct our business.
FedEx. In January 2013, we entered into a master agreement with Federal Express Corporation (“FedEx”) (the “FedEx Agreement”)
renewing these services and providing FedEx with a non-exclusive license and right to use a customized version of our Cryoportal TM for the
management of shipments made by FedEx customers. Under our FedEx Agreement, we provide frozen shipping logistics services through the
combination of our purpose-built proprietary technologies and turnkey management processes. FedEx markets and sells Cryoport’s services for
frozen temperature-controlled cold chain transportation as its FedEx ® Deep Frozen Shipping Solution on a non-exclusive basis and at its sole
expense. During fiscal year 2013, the Company worked closely with FedEx to further align its sales efforts and accelerate penetration within
FedEx’s life sciences customer base through improved processes, sales incentives, joint customer calls and more frequent communication at the
sales and executive level. In addition, FedEx has developed a FedEx branded version of the Cryoportal TM software platform, which is “ powered
by Cryoport SM ” for use by its customers, giving them access to the full capabilities of our cloud-based logistics management software platform.
5
DHL. In June 2014, we entered into a master agreement with LifeConEx, a part of DHL Global Forwarding (“DHL”). DHL has now
enhanced its cold chain logistics offerings to its life sciences and healthcare customers with Cryoport’s validated cryogenic solutions. DHL
added 15 additional certified Life Sciences stations in the second quarter of 2014 bringing its Thermonet network to 60 stations in operation.
This expanded network offers Cryoport’s cryogenic solutions under the DHL brands as “ powered by Cryoport SM ”. In addition, DHL’s
customers have direct access to our cloud-based order entry and tracking portal to order Cryoport Express ® Solutions and receive preferred
DHL shipping rates and discounts. Our proprietary logistics management operating platform, the Cryoportal TM , is integrated with DHL’s
tracking and billing systems to provide DHL life sciences and healthcare customers with a seamless way of accessing critical information
regarding shipments of biological material worldwide.
UPS. In October 2014, we added United Parcel Services, Inc. (“UPS”) as our third major distributor by entering into an agreement with
UPS Oasis Supply Corporation, a part of UPS, whereby UPS will offer our validated and comprehensive cryogenic solutions to its life sciences
and healthcare customers on a global basis. Over the course of rolling out our new relationship with UPS, UPS customers will have direct access
to our cloud-based order entry and tracking portal to order Cryoport Express ® Solutions and gain access to UPS’s broad array of domestic and
international shipping and logistics solutions at competitive prices. Our proprietary logistics management operating platform, the Cryoportal TM ,
is integrated with UPS’s tracking and billing systems to provide UPS life sciences and healthcare customers with a seamless way of accessing
critical information regarding shipments of biological material worldwide.
These agreements with the three largest integrators in the world, controlling more than 85% of the world’s air shipments, represent a
significant validation of our solutions and the way we conduct our business.
Cryoport’s Positioning in the Life Sciences Industry
Life sciences technologies are expected to have a significant impact on global society over the next 25 years. In the United States alone,
the life sciences industry is made up of 6,000 identifiable establishments. However, the industry is growing globally in a way where research and
manufacturing pipelines span across the globe, which increases the need to mitigate logistics risk.
The total cold chain logistics market has historically grown 70% faster per annum than the total logistics market. For 2011, global cold
chain logistics transportation costs were reported to be $7.2 billion; about $1.5 billion within the cryogenic range of requirements. By 2017,
transportation cost alone, for global life sciences cold chain logistics, is forecasted to grow to $9.3 billion, a 41% increase, and twice the growth
of the overall market.
In addition, with the recent advancements in the development of biologics and cell-based therapies, scientists, intermediaries, and
manufacturers require the means for cryogenically transporting their work. Temperatures must be maintained below the “glass point” (generally,
minus 136ºC) while shipping these therapies to ensure that the shipped specimens are not subject to degradation that could impact the
characteristics and efficacy of those specimens.
While we estimate that our solutions currently offer comprehensive and technology-based monitoring and tracking for a potential of six to
seven million deep frozen shipments globally on an annual basis, we also believe that with investment in our services, adaptations of our
solutions can be applied to a large portion of an additional fifty-five to sixty million annual shipments requiring ambient (between 20° and 25°
C), chilled (between 2° and 8°C) or frozen (minus 10°C or less) temperatures.
Cryoport’s clients include companies and institutions that require reliable cryogenic logistics solutions such as therapy developers for
personalized medicine, bio-pharmaceuticals, research, contract research organizations, diagnostic laboratories, contract manufacturers, cord
blood repositories, vaccine manufacturers, animal husbandry related companies, and in-vitro fertilization clinics.
Life Sciences Agreements
Zoetis. In December 2012, we signed an agreement with Pfizer Inc. relating to Zoetis Inc. (formerly the animal health business unit of
Pfizer Inc.) pursuant to which we were engaged to manage frozen shipments of a key poultry vaccine. Under this arrangement, Cryoport
provides on-site logistics personnel and its logistics management operating platform, the Cryoportal TM to manage shipments from the Zoetis
manufacturing site in the United States to domestic customers as well as various international distribution centers. As part of our logistics
management services, Cryoport is constantly analyzing logistics data and processes to further introduce economies and reliability throughout the
network, ensuring products arrive at their destinations in specified conditions, on-time and with the optimum utilization of resources. The
Company manages Zoetis’ total fleet of dewar flask shippers used for this purpose, including liquid nitrogen shippers. In July 2013 the
agreement was amended to expand Cryoport’s scope to manage all logistics of Zoetis’ key frozen poultry vaccine to all Zoetis’ international
distribution centers as well as all domestic shipments. In October 2013, the agreement was further amended to further expand Cryoport’s role to
include the logistics management for a second poultry vaccine.
6
Liventa Biosciences. In February 2014, we entered into a services agreement with Liventa Bioscience, Inc. (“Liventa”), a privately-held,
commercial early stage biotechnology company focused on cell-based biologics in the orthopedic industry. Under this agreement, Liventa will
use Cryoport’s Regenerative Medicine Point-of-Care Repository Solution for the logistics of its cell-based therapies requiring cryogenic
temperatures and also provide Cryoport Express ® Solutions to other biologics suppliers within the orthopedic arena. The agreement combines
Cryoport’s proprietary, purpose-built cold chain logistics solutions for cell-based and advanced biologic tissue forms with Liventa’s distribution
capability to orthopedic care providers. The implementation of Cryoport’s Regenerative Medicine Point-of-Care Repository Solution will
eliminate the risks of degradation and also eliminate the need for expensive onsite cryogenic freezers for storage of cell-based orthopedic
therapies. The agreement has an initial three-year term and may be renewed for consecutive three-year terms, unless earlier terminated by either
party. Liventa also agreed to certain performance criteria and the issuance of 150,000 shares of its common stock to Cryoport in exchange for the
opportunity for an exclusive right to offer, market and promote Cryoport Express ® Solutions for cellular-based therapies requiring cryogenic
temperatures for use in the orthopedic arena in the United States.
Corporate History and Structure
The Company was originally incorporated under the name G.T.5-Limited (“GT5”) on May 25, 1990 as a Nevada Corporation. Upon
completion of a Share Exchange Agreement, on March 15, 2005 the Company changed its name to Cryoport, Inc. and acquired all of the issued
and outstanding shares of Cryoport Systems, Inc. Cryoport Systems, Inc. remains the operating company under Cryoport, Inc. At that time
Cryoport Systems, Inc. was focused on developing the Cryoport Express ® Shipper. Over time the Company has transitioned from being a
development company to providing global cold chain logistics solutions to the biotechnology and life sciences industries.
Since 2011, we have validated, perfected and expanded the features of the Cryoport Express ® logistics solutions and have now managed
shipments of the Cryoport Express ® Shippers through its Cryoportal TM into and out of more than 80 countries with more than 20,000
shipments, handling a vast array of different biological products and specimens.
During fiscal year 2012, the Company completed the external validation of its Cryoport Express Standard Shipper to ISTA 7E standards
and introduced the Cryoport Express ® High Volume Shipper in response to customer demand. The Company also set up its European
distribution depot in Holland to better serve its customer base and support sales efforts in Europe.
During fiscal year 2013, the Company elected Jerrell Shelton as President and CEO, realigned its sales team, and introduced a solutions
based sales and operating strategy. In addition, and as part of its global expansion plans, the Company set up its Asian distribution depot in
Singapore.
Since the beginning of fiscal year 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) has added certain members to better align the
experience and competencies of the directors with the Company’s strategic direction. In March 2013, Richard G. Rathmann, a fund manager,
investor, and advisor to life science companies over the past 20 years, was appointed to the Board. In September 2013, Mr. Rathmann was
elected Chairman of the Board. Also in September 2013, Mr. Edward Zecchini, an executive with more than thirty years of experience in the
healthcare and information technology industries was appointed to the Board. In June 2014, Dr. Ramkumar Mandalam was appointed to the
Board. Dr. Mandalam has more than twenty years of experience in the development of biologics and is currently the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Cellerant Therapeutics, Inc., a clinical-stage biotechnology company. Most recently, in January 2015, Richard Berman was
appointed to the Board. Mr. Berman’s business career consists of more than 35 years of venture capital, management and merger and
acquisitions experience. The Company’s remaining Board member, Jerrell Shelton, the President and Chief Executive Officer of Cryoport,
joined the Board in October 2012. The Company’s five person Board has four independent Board members, as determined by NASDAQ Rule
5605(a)(2) and the related rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Cryoport Express ® Solutions
Our Cryoport Express ® Solutions are currently made up primarily of the Cryoportal™ software platform, Cryoport Express ® Shippers,
Cryoport Express® Smart Pak data loggers and our life sciences cold chain logistics expertise. Cryoport Express ® Solutions are focused on
improving the reliability of frozen shipping while reducing our clients’ overall operating costs. This is accomplished by providing complete end-
to-end solutions for the transport and monitoring of frozen or cryogenically preserved biological or other materials shipped primarily through
distribution partners, such as FedEx, UPS, and DHL, and specialty couriers.
7
The information technology is centered on a cryogenic logistics operating platform called the Cryoportal TM . which is cloud-based.
Among its functions, the Cryoportal TM programmatically assists in the management of all aspects of the logistics operations beginning with
order entry and continuing to monitor, log data, track shipments and store vital information. The Cryoportal TM is capable of producing a variety
of Cryoport Express ® Analytics which report shipment performance metrics and evaluates temperature-monitoring data collected by the
Cryoport Express ® Smart Pak during shipment.
Cryoport Express ® Solutions are focused on improving the reliability of cryogenic logistics while reducing our clients’ overall operating
costs. This is accomplished by providing tailored and complete end-to-end solutions for cryogenic logistics requirements including management,
transport, monitoring and data collection regarding frozen/cryogenically preserved biological commodities or pharmaceutical materials shipped
primarily though integrators and Cryoport’s logistics network which includes specialty couriers, brokers and other intermediaries. Certain of the
intellectual property underlying our Cryoport Express ® Solutions, other than that related to the Cryoport Express ® Shippers, has been, and
continues to be, developed under a contract with an outside software development company, with the underlying technology licensed to
Cryoport for exclusive use in our field of use.
Cryoportal TM
The Cryoportal TM is used by Cryoport, our clients and business partners to automate the entry of orders, prepare customs documentation
and to facilitate status and location monitoring of shipped orders while in transit. It is used by Cryoport to assist in managing logistics operations
and to reduce administrative costs typically provisioned through manual labor relating to order-entry, order processing, preparation of shipping
documents and back-office accounting. It is also used to support the high level of customer service expected by the industry. Certain features of
the Cryoportal TM reduce operating costs and facilitate the scaling of Cryoport’s business, but more importantly they offer significant value to the
customer in terms of cost avoidance and risk mitigation. Examples of these features include automation of order entry, development of Key
Performance Indicators (“KPI’s”) to support our efforts for continuous process improvements in our business, and programmatic exception
monitoring to detect and sometimes anticipate delays in the shipping process, often before the customer or the shipping company becomes aware
of them.
The Cryoportal TM also serves as the communications center for the management, collection and analysis of Smart Pak data collected from
Smart Pak data loggers in the field. Data is converted into pre-designed reports containing valuable and often actionable information that
becomes the quality control standard or “pedigree” of the shipment. This information can be utilized by Cryoport to provide valuable feedback to
our clients relating to their shipments.
The Cryoportal™ software platform has been developed as a “carrier-agnostic” system, allowing the client and the Cryoport Client Care
team to work with a single or multiple integrators, freight forwarders, couriers and/or brokers depending on the specific requirements and client
preferences. To increase operational efficiencies, Cryoportal™ has already been integrated with the tracking systems of FedEx, DHL and UPS
and we plan to integrate it with other key logistics providers.
The Cryoportal TM was developed for time- and temperature-sensitive shipments that are required to be maintained at specific
temperatures, such as ambient (between 20° and 25°C), chilled (between 2° and 8°C) or frozen (minus 10°C or less all the way down to
cryogenic temperatures (minus 150°C) to ensure that the shipped specimen is not subject to degradation or out of its designated “safe” range.
While our current focus is on cryogenic logistics within the life sciences industry using the logistics solutions described herein, the use of the
Cryoportal TM can and may be extended into other temperature ranges of the cold chain.
To our knowledge, the Cryoportal™ software platform is unique to cold chain logistics in the life sciences industry. It is robust and has
considerable capabilities. It is telling that our strategic alliance partners have chosen to license the Cryoportal™ rather than attempt to duplicate
its features in their logistics management software. We have engineered the Cryoportal™ in a way that gives us the ability to offer the “ powered
by Cryoport SM ” strategy as a means to addresss all of the varied needs of our strategic alliance partners.
The Cryoport Express ® Shippers
Our Cryoport Express ® Shippers are cryogenic dry vapor shippers capable of maintaining cryogenic temperatures of minus 150° Celsius
or below for a dynamic shipping period of 10 or more days. A dry vapor cryogenic shipper is a device that uses liquid nitrogen contained inside
a vacuum insulated vessel which serves as a refrigerant to provide stable storage temperatures below minus 150° Celsius. Our Cryoport Express
® Shippers are designed to ensure that there is no pressure build up as the liquid nitrogen evaporates. We have developed a proprietary retention
system to ensure that liquid nitrogen stays inside the vacuum container, which allows the shipper to be designated as a dry vapor shipper meeting
IATA requirements. Biological or pharmaceutical specimens are stored in a specimen chamber, referred to as a “well” inside the container and
refrigeration is provided by gas evolving from the liquid nitrogen entrapped within the proprietary retention system. Specimens that may be
transported using our cryogenic shipper include: live cells, scientific or pharmaceutical commodities such as cancer vaccines, diagnostic
materials, semen, eggs, embryos, infectious substances, and other commodities that require continuous exposure to frozen/cryogenic
temperatures, i.e., temperatures below minus 150° Celsius.
8
An important feature of our Cryoport Express ® Shippers, except for the newly introduced Cryoport Express ® CXVC1 Shipper, is their
compliance with the stringent packaging requirements of IATA Packing Instructions 602 and 650, respectively. These specifications include
meeting internal pressure (hydraulic) and drop performance requirements. Under IATA guidelines, Cryoport Express ® Shippers are classified as
“Non-hazardous.” Dry ice and liquid nitrogen are classified as “Dangerous Goods.” Our shippers are also in compliance with International Civil
Aviation Organization (“ICAO”) regulations that prohibit egress of liquid nitrogen residue from the shipping packages. The ICAO is a United
Nations organization that develops regulations for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air.
We currently offer three sizes of dry vapor shippers, the Cryoport Express ® Standard Shipper with a storage capacity of up to 75 2.0 ml
vials, the Cryoport Express ® High Volume Shipper, which has a storage capacity of up to 500 2.0 ml vials, and the Cryoport Express ® CXVC1
Shipper, introduced in August 2014, which has a storage capacity of up to 1,500 2.0 ml vials. Our Cryoport Express® Shippers are composed of
an aluminum (aircraft-grade) dewar flask, containing a well for holding the high value biological or other materials in its inner chamber and our
proprietary retention foam that absorbs the liquid nitrogen placed in the shipper to provide it with its extreme cold temperature. The dewar flask
is vacuum insulated to limit the transmission of heat from outside the flask to the liquid nitrogen captured within the absorption foam and the
well.
Cryoport Express ® Standard Shippers
The Cryoport Express ® Standard Shippers are lightweight, low-cost, re-usable dry vapor liquid nitrogen storage containers that, we
believe, combine the best features of life sciences packaging, cryogenics science and vacuum insulation technology. A Cryoport Express ®
Standard Shipper is composed of an aluminum metallic dewar flask, with a well for holding the biological material in the inner chamber. The
dewar vessel is a device in which the conduction, convection and radiation of heat are reduced as much as possible giving it the capability of
maintaining its contents at a near-constant temperature over relatively long periods of time. The inner chamber of the shipper is surrounded by a
high surface, low-density material which retains the liquid nitrogen in-situ by absorption, adsorption, and surface tension. Absorption is defined
as the taking up of matter in bulk by other matter, as in the dissolving of a gas by a liquid, whereas adsorption is the surface retention of solid,
liquid or gas molecules, atoms or ions by a solid or liquid. This material absorbs liquid nitrogen several times faster than currently used
materials, while providing the shipper with a hold time and capacity to transport biological materials safely and conveniently. The annular space
between the inner and outer dewar walls is evacuated to a very high vacuum (10-6 Torr). The specimen-holding chamber has a primary cap to
enclose the specimens/commodities, and a removable and replaceable secondary cap to further enclose the specimen/commodity-holding
container and to contain the liquid nitrogen dry vapor. The entire dewar vessel is then wrapped in a plurality of insulating and cushioning
materials and placed in a disposable outer packaging made of recyclable material. The Cryoport Express ® Standard Shippers has a storage
capacity of up to 75 2.0 ml vials.
The technology underlying the Cryoport Express ® Standard Shipper is under constant refinement to further improve its performance and
reliability. Our current shippers use aircraft grade aluminum and other lower weight materials, reducing freight cost which is based on
dimensional-weight. We maintain ongoing development efforts related to our shippers that are principally focused on material properties,
particularly those properties related to our low-temperature requirement, vacuum retention characteristics, such as the permeability of the
materials, and lower weight materials in an effort to meet the life sciences market requirements for achieving the most reliable, lowest cost,
frozen and cryogenic logistic solutions.
Cryoport Express ® High Volume Shippers
The Cryoport Express ® High Volume Shipper also uses a dry vapor liquid nitrogen (LN2) technology to maintain minus 150° C
temperatures with a dynamic shipping endurance of 10 days. The Cryoport Express ® High Volume Shipper is based on the same dry vapor
technology as Cryoport’s original standard dry shipper and utilizes an absorbent material to hold LN2, thus providing the extended endurance
time and IATA validation as a non-hazardous shipping container. The high volume dry shipper is reusable and recyclable, making it a highly
sustainable and cost effective method of transporting life science materials. The Cryoport Express ® High Volume Shipper has a storage capacity
of up to 500 2.0ml vials.
9
Cryoport Express ® CXVC1 Shippers
The Cryoport Express ® CXVC1 Shipper is our largest shipper and can be used either as a dry vapor shipper or a liquid shipper. It is
designed to focus on vaccine ampoules or cryovial shipments in canisters. In the case of dry vapor liquid nitrogen (LN2), it maintains minus
150° C temperatures with a dynamic shipping endurance of 20 days. In the case of liquid nitrogen (LN2), it maintains minus 150° C
temperatures with a shipping endurance of 72 days. The Cryoport Express ® CXVC1 Shipper, in dry vapor form, is based on the same
technology as Cryoport’s original standard dry shipper and utilizes an absorbent material to hold LN2, thus providing the extended endurance
time and IATA validation as a non-hazardous shipping container. The Cryoport Express ® CXVC1 Shipper, in liquid form, is a straightforward
wet dewar with all the characteristics attendant to a wet dewar and with a holding time of 72 days. The Cryoport Express ® CXVC1 Shipper is
reusable and recyclable, making it a highly sustainable and cost effective method of transporting life science materials. As a point of reference,
the Cryoport Express ® CXVC1 Shipper has a storage capacity of up to 1,500 0.2ml vials.
Cryoport Express ® Shipper Summary
We believe Cryoport Express ® Solutions are the best and most cost effective solution available in the biotechnology and life sciences
markets and satisfy customer needs and scientific and regulatory requirements relating to the shipment of time- and temperature-critical, frozen
and refrigerated transport of biological materials, such as stem cells, cell lines, pharmaceutical clinical trial samples, gene biotechnology,
infectious materials handling, animal and human reproduction markets. Due to our proprietary technology and innovative design, our shippers
are less prone to losing functional hold time when not kept in an upright position than the competing products because our proprietary dry vapor
technology and innovative design prevent the spilling or leakage of the liquid nitrogen when the container is tipped or on its side.
The Cryoport Express ® Smart Pak Temperature Monitoring System
Temperature monitoring is a high-value feature from our client’s perspective as it is an effective and reliable method to determine that the
shipment materials were not damaged and did not experience degradation during shipment due to temperature fluctuations. Our Smart Pak
System consists of a self-contained automated data logger and thermocouple capable of recording cryogenic temperatures of samples shipped in
our Cryoport Express ® Shippers. The data-logging temperature probe is positioned within the shipper to record the most accurate reading. The
resultant temperature mapping includes both the temperature inside the chamber (which is closest to the actual biomaterial) and the external
temperature. This reading, combined with the mapping of shipment check-in points, can provide a holistic view of the complete shipping
process. At the client’s election, shipments can have a full chain-of-custody and chain-of-condition with data monitoring, analysis, and archival
storage available.
Chain-of-Condition
Chain-of-Condition information is essential for many life sciences materials, for laboratories and in some cases for compliance with
regulatory authorities. Data monitoring starts with our custom built data logger (the Cryoport Express ® Smart Pak). The Cryoport Express®
Smart Pak can be set up to report during a shipment and/or after the shipment. For those shipments involving biologics, clinical trials or any
other material that needs to be verified before receiving, the information recorded by the data logger can be downloaded to the data station
onsite. Alternatively, Cryoport can upload the temperature data from the Cryoport Express® Smart Pak for analysis to the Cryoportal upon
return of the shipper. The report from the data monitor serves as analysis for temperature monitoring of the entire shipment as well as a tamper
warning. The Cryoportal™ also acts as the data repository for all shipment and temperature information, which the customer can access
remotely through the Internet. Chain of condition service provided via Cryoport Express ® Smart Pak is available at the client’s election.
Chain-of-Custody
When overlaid with the carrier check-ins, the data monitor and analysis also provides a chain of custody. The report from the data monitor
serves as analysis for temperature monitoring of the entire shipment as well as a tampering warning. If the client has elected to have chain of
condition monitoring, each time the container is opened there is a temperature record. The report identifies outlier temperature excursions such
as opening the shipment in customs or tampering and thus will allow for more conclusive investigations to ensure that specimens were not
adversely impacted during shipment.
Cryoport Express ® Analytics
Cryoport Express ® Analytics information is captured by the Cryoportal™ to provide us and our customers’ access to important
information from the shipments recorded in the Cryoportal™ to assist in management of our customers’ shipping. For us, we use the information
to support planned future features to allow for an expansion of our solutions offering. Analytics is a term used by IT professionals to refer to
performance benchmarks or Key Performance Indicators that management utilizes to measure performance against desired standards. Examples
for analytics tracked through the Cryoportal™ include time-based metrics for order processing time and on-time deliveries by our shipping
partners, as well as profiling shipping lanes to determine average transit times and predicting potential shipping exceptions based on historical
metrics. The analytical results are being utilized by Cryoport to render consultative and proactive client services.
10
Biological Material Holders
A patented containment bag is used in connection with the shipment of infectious or dangerous goods using the Cryoport Express ®
Shippers. Up to 75 cryovials (polypropylene vials with high-density polyethylene closures), set on aluminum canes are placed into an absorbent
pouch, which is designed to contain the entire contents of all the vials in the event of leakage. This pouch is then placed in a watertight Tyvek
bag (secondary packaging) capable of withstanding cryogenic temperatures, and then sealed. This bag is then placed into the well of the
Cryoport Express ® Shipper.
Logistics Expertise and Support
Cryoport’s client services professionals provide 24/7/365 live logistics and monitoring services with specialized knowledge in the
domestic and global logistics of life sciences material requiring cryogenic temperatures. The Cryoport logistics professionals have validated
shipping lanes in and out of more than 80 countries to date to ensure shipments maintain cryogenic temperatures and arrive securely and on time.
Other Development Activities
We are continuing our research and development efforts to further refine our current technology as well as explore opportunities with
partners to offer complementary packaging solutions for frozen temperature (minus 10° Celsius or less), chilled temperature (2° to 8° Celsius)
and ambient temperature (between 20° and 25° Celsius) shipping markets.
We also continue to further expand the functionality of our Cryoportal TM to ensure a high level of effectiveness and efficiency in the cold
chain logistics process and to allow for intelligent and easy data monitoring and analysis.
Government Regulation
The shipping of diagnostic specimens, infectious substances and dangerous goods, whether via air or ground, falls under the jurisdiction of
many state, federal and international agencies. The quality of the containers, packaging materials and insulation that protect a specimen
determine whether or not it will arrive in a usable condition. Many of the regulations for transporting dangerous goods in the United States are
determined by international rules formulated under the auspices of the United Nations.
The International Civil Aviation Organization (“ICAO”) is the United Nations organization that develops regulations (Technical
Instructions) for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air. If shipment is by air, compliance with the rules established by International Air
Transport Association (“IATA”) is required. IATA is a trade association made up of airlines and air cargo couriers that publishes annual editions
of the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations. These regulations interpret and add to the ICAO Technical Instructions to reflect industry practices.
Additionally, the Centers for Disease Control (“CDC”) has regulations (published in the Code of Federal Regulations) for interstate shipping of
specimens, and OSHA also addresses the safe handling of Class 6.2 Substances.
Our Cryoport Express ® Shippers meet Packing Instructions 602 and 650 and are certified for the shipment of Class 6.2 Dangerous Goods
per the requirements of the ICAO Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air and IATA. Our present and planned
future versions of the Cryoport Smart Pak data logger will likely be subject to regulation by the FAA, FCC, FDA, IATA and possibly other
agencies which may be difficult to determine on a global basis.
We are also subject to numerous other federal, state and local laws relating to such matters as safe working conditions, manufacturing
practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control, and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. We may incur significant
costs to comply with such laws and regulations now or in the future.
Manufacturing and Raw Materials
Manufacturing . Due to our sufficient level of dewar inventories, we are not manufacturing at this time. The component parts for our
shippers are primarily manufactured at third party manufacturing facilities. We also have a warehouse at our facility in Lake Forest, California,
where we are capable of manufacturing certain parts and to fully assemble our shippers. Most of the components that we use in the manufacture
of our shippers are available from more than one qualified supplier. For some components, however, there are relatively few alternate sources of
supply and the establishment of additional or replacement suppliers may not be accomplished immediately, however, we have identified
alternate qualified suppliers. Should this occur, we believe that with our current level of shippers, we have enough inventory to cover our
forecasted demand.
11
There are no specific agreements with any manufacturer nor are there any long term commitments to any manufacturer. We believe that
most of the manufacturers currently used by us could be replaced within a short period of time as none have a proprietary component or a
substantial capital investment specific to our shippers.
Our production and manufacturing process incorporates innovative technologies developed for aerospace and other industries which are
cost effective, easier to use and more functional than the traditional dry ice devices and other methods currently used for the shipment of
temperature-sensitive materials. Our manufacturing process uses non-hazardous cleaning solutions, which are provided and disposed of by a
supplier approved by the Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”). EPA compliance costs for us are therefore negligible.
Cryoport Express ® High Volume Shippers are purchased from a third party and modified to meet our specifications using our proprietary
technology and know-how.
Our data loggers have been acquired from a single source with the calibration done by an independent third party. We are currently
considering adding alternate data loggers with greater range of functionality.
Raw Materials . Various common raw materials are used in the manufacture of our shippers and in the development of our technologies.
These raw materials are generally available from several alternate distributors and manufactures. We have not experienced any significant
difficulty in obtaining these raw materials and we do not consider raw material availability to be a significant factor in our business.
Patents and Proprietary Rights
In order to remain competitive, we must develop and maintain protection on the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We rely on a
combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws and confidentiality agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. We
currently own three registered U.S. trademarks and three issued U.S. patents primarily covering various aspects of our Cryoport Express ®
Shippers.
In addition, we have a pending U.S. patent application for various aspects of our shipper and web-portal, which includes, in part, various
aspects of our business model referred to as the Cryoport Express® System. We have also filed a U.S. provisional patent application for a smart
label which will communicate electronically with our data logger. We intend to file additional patent applications to strengthen our intellectual
property rights.
The technology covered by the above indicated issued patents relates to matters specific to the use of liquid nitrogen shippers in
connection with the shipment of biological materials. The concepts include those of disposability, package configuration details, liquid nitrogen
retention systems, systems related to thermal performance, systems related to packaging integrity, and matters generally relevant to the
containment of liquid nitrogen. Similarly, the trademarks mentioned relate to the cryogenic temperature shipping activity. Issued patents and
trademarks currently owned by us and a patent application include:
Type:
Patent
Patent
Patent
Patent Application
Trademark
Trademark
Trademark
No.
Issued
6,467,642 Oct. 22, 2002
6,119,465 Sep. 19, 2000
6,539,726 Apr. 1, 2003
12/656,641
Expiration
Jan. 2, 2021
Feb. 10, 2019
May 8, 2021
3,569,471 Feb. 3, 2009
3,589,928 Mar. 17, 2009
2,632,328 Oct. 8, 2002
Feb. 3, 2019
Mar. 17, 2019
Oct. 8, 2022
Our success depends in part upon our ability to develop proprietary products and technologies and to obtain patent coverage for these
products and technologies. We intend to file trademark and patent applications covering any newly developed products, methods and
technologies. However, there can be no guarantee that any of our pending or future filed applications will be issued as patents. There can be no
guarantee that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or some third party will not initiate an interference proceeding involving any of our pending
applications or issued patents. Finally, there can be no guarantee that our issued patents or future issued patents, if any, will provide adequate
protection from competition.
12
Patents provide some degree of protection for our proprietary technology. However, the pursuit and assertion of patent rights involve
complex legal and factual determinations and, therefore, are characterized by significant uncertainty. In addition, the laws governing patent
issuance and the scope of patent coverage continue to evolve. Moreover, the patent rights we possess or are pursuing generally cover our
technologies to varying degrees. As a result, we cannot ensure that patents will issue from any of our patent applications, or that any of its issued
patents will offer meaningful protection. In addition, our issued patents may be successfully challenged, invalidated, circumvented or rendered
unenforceable so that our patent rights may not create an effective barrier to competition. Moreover, the laws of some foreign countries may not
protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. There can be no assurance that any patents issued to us will
provide a legal basis for establishing an exclusive market for our products or provide us with any competitive advantages, or that patents of
others will not have an adverse effect on our ability to do business or to continue to use our technologies freely.
We may be subject to third parties filing claims that our technologies or products infringe on their intellectual property. We cannot predict
whether third parties will assert such claims against us or whether those claims will hurt our business. If we are forced to defend against such
claims, regardless of their merit, we may face costly litigation and diversion of management’s attention and resources. As a result of any such
disputes, we may have to develop, at a substantial cost, non-infringing technology or enter into licensing agreements. These agreements may be
unavailable on terms acceptable to such third parties, or at all, which could seriously harm our business or financial condition.
We also rely on trade secret protection of our intellectual property. We attempt to protect trade secrets by entering into confidentiality
agreements with third parties, employees and consultants, although, in the past, we have not always obtained such agreements. It is possible that
these agreements may be breached, invalidated or rendered unenforceable, and if so, our trade secrets could be disclosed to our competitors.
Despite the measures we have taken to protect our intellectual property, parties to such agreements may breach confidentiality provisions in our
contracts or infringe or misappropriate our patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other proprietary rights. In addition, third parties
may independently discover or invent competitive technologies, or reverse engineer our trade secrets or other technology. Therefore, the
measures we are taking to protect our proprietary technology may not be adequate.
Customers and Distribution
As a result of growing globalization, including such areas as biotechnology and life science, clinical trials, distribution of pharmaceutical
products and reproductive medicine, the requirement for effective and reliable solutions for keeping clinical samples, pharmaceutical products
and other specimen at frozen temperatures takes on added significance due to more complex shipping routes, extended shipping times, custom
delays and logistics challenges. Today, such specimens are traditionally shipped in styrofoam cardboard insulated containers packed with dry
ice, gel/freezer packs or a combination thereof. The current dry ice solutions have limitations that severely limit their effective use for both short
and long-distances (e.g., international). Conventional dry ice shipments often require labor-intensive “re-icing” operations resulting in higher
labor and shipping costs.
We believe our patented Cryoport Express ® Shippers, the Cryoportal™ and our logistics expertise make us well positioned to take
advantage of the growing demand for effective and efficient international transport of temperature sensitive materials resulting from continued
globalization. Of particular significance is the trend within the life sciences and biotechnology industries toward globalization.
We provide domestic shipping solutions in situations where specimens must be kept at frozen temperatures and in regions where there is a
high priority placed on maintaining the integrity of materials shipped at these temperatures.
Pharmaceutical Clinical Trials . Every United States based pharmaceutical company developing a new drug must seek drug development
protocol approval by the FDA. These clinical trials are to test the safety and efficacy of the potential new drug among other things. A significant
amount of clinical trial activity is managed by a number of large Clinical Research Organizations (“CROs”).
In connection with the clinical trials, due to globalization, companies can be enrolled from all over the world and may need to regularly
submit a blood or other specimen at the local hospital, doctor’s office or laboratory. These samples are then sent to specified testing laboratories,
which may be local or in another country. The testing laboratories will typically set the requirements for the storage and shipment of blood
specimens. In addition, drugs used by the patients may require frozen shipping to the sites of the clinical trials. While both domestic and
international shipping of these specimens is accomplished using dry ice today, international shipments especially present several problems, as
dry ice, under the best of circumstances, can only provide freezing for one to two days in the absence of re-icing (which is quite costly). Because
shipments of packages internationally can take longer than one to two days or be delayed due to flight cancellations, incorrect destinations, labor
problems, ground logistics, customs delays and safety reasons, dry ice is not always a reliable and/or cost effective option. Clinical trial
specimens are often irreplaceable because each one represents clinical data at a prescribed point in time, in a series of specimens on a given
patient, who may be participating in a trial for years. Sample integrity during the shipping process is vital to retaining the maximum number of
patients in each trial. Our shippers are ideally suited for this market, as our longer hold time ensures that specimens can be sent over long
distances with minimal concern that they will arrive in a condition that will cause their exclusion from the trial. There are also many instances in
domestic shipments where Cryoport Express ® Shippers will provide higher reliability and be cost effective.
13
Furthermore, the IATA requires that all airborne shipments of laboratory specimens be transmitted in either IATA Instruction 650 or 602
certified packaging. We have developed and obtained IATA certification of our Cryoport Express ® System, which is ideally suited for this
market, in particular due to the elimination of the cost to return the reusable shipper.
Biotechnology and Diagnostic Companies . The biotechnology market includes basic and applied research and development in diverse
areas such as stem cells, cloning, gene therapy, DNA tumor vaccines, tissue engineering, genomics, and blood products. Companies participating
in the foregoing fields rely on the frozen transport of specimens in connection with their research and development efforts, for which our
Cryoport Express ® Shippers are ideally suited.
Cell Therapy Companies. Rapid advancements are underway in the research and development of cell based therapies, which involve
cellular material being injected into a patient. In allogeneic cell therapy, the donor is a different person to the recipient of the cells. Autologous
cell therapy is a therapeutic intervention that uses an individual’s cells, which are cultured and expanded outside the body, and reintroduced into
the donor. Once cells are processed, in either case, they must be shipped cryogenically for which our Cryoport Express ® Shippers are ideally
suited.
Central Laboratories. With the increase and globalization of clinical studies and trials, logistics has become more complex and ensuring
sample integrity has become more challenging. International courier costs are now consuming a significant portion of global protocol budgets.
We believe laboratories performing the testing of samples collected during the conduct of these global multi-site studies are looking for reliable
state-of-the-art logistics solutions.
Pharmaceutical Distribution . The current focus for the Cryoport Express ® System also includes the area of pharmaceutical distribution.
There are a significant number of therapeutic drugs and vaccines currently or anticipated soon to be undergoing clinical trials. After the FDA
approves them for commercial marketing, it will be necessary for the manufacturers to have a reliable and economical method of distribution to
the physician who will administer the product to the patient. It is likely that the most efficient and reliable method of distribution will be to ship a
single dosage to the administering physician. These drugs are typically identified to individual patients and therefore will require a complete
tracking history from the manufacturer to the patient. The most reliable method of doing this is to ship a unit dosage specifically for each patient.
If such drugs require maintenance at frozen or cryogenic temperatures, each such shipment will require a frozen or cryogenic shipping package.
Cryoport can provide the technology to meet this anticipated need.
Distribution of Vaccines and Biologic Therapies. There are a variety of vaccines and other drugs or therapies that require distribution at
frozen or cryogenic temperatures. We anticipate significant growth in this area, in particular therapies based upon stem cells. It is likely that the
most efficient and reliable method of distribution will be to ship a single dosage or a limited supply to the physician for administration to a
patient.
In February 2013, we started providing comprehensive logistics management services for the lead poultry vaccine distribution of Zoetis,
Inc. In October 2013, Zoetis engaged us to manage distribution of an additional vaccine.
One of our strategic alliance partners, Liventa Bioscience, Inc., is, in part, basing its business strategy on using our Cryoport Express ®
Shippers to deliver supplies of cell-based therapies to physicians, which will be able to keep the shippers at the physician’s facility for up to one
week and thus avoid the need to invest in costly cryogenic refrigeration equipment for commodity storage. With the inclusion of our Cryoport
Express ® Smart Pak data logger, Liventa and the physician will have assurance that cryogenic temperatures were maintained within the shipper.
Fertility Clinics and In Vitro Fertilization (“IVF”) . Maintaining cryogenic temperatures during shipping and transfer of in vitro
fertilization specimens like eggs, sperm, or embryos is critical for cell integrity in order to retain viability, stabilize the cells, and ensure
reproducible results and successful IVF treatment. There are approximately 3,300 fertility clinics worldwide. Cryoport anticipates that this
market will continue to grow; in the United States alone, the fertility market has grown to more than $4.0 billion with over 1.3 million women
seeking treatment each year. In the worldwide market, it is reported that there are more than one billion IVF cycles per year and growing.
Sales and Marketing
We currently have five sales directors in the United States, one sales director in Europe, one inside sales representative focused on
Reproductive Medicine/IVF and a part time senior director of marketing promoting the use of our Cryoport Express® Solutions on a direct basis.
In addition, we have a vice president of strategic business development that focuses on large corporate accounts. Given the global nature of our
business, we are also establishing distribution channels to broaden our sales and marketing reach in the Americas, Europe and Asia. For the
fiscal years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we had one customer that accounted for 22.7% and 30.8%, respectively, of total revenues. No other
single customer generated over 10% of our total revenues during 2015 and 2014.
14
Our geographical revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 were as follows:
USA
Europe
Asia
Rest of World
84.3 %
7.5 %
1.9 %
6.3 %
We renewed our agreement with FedEx and entered into agreements with UPS and DHL to further expand our revenue and marketing
opportunities and plan to establish additional strategic partnerships with integrators and freight forwarders. Subject to available financial
resources, we also plan to hire additional sales and marketing personnel and implement marketing initiatives intended to increase awareness of
the Cryoport Express ® Solutions.
Cryoport Operations Centers
In addition to the services provided through our facility in Lake Forest, California, we have contracted with third parties to run our
European Operations Center (located in Rotterdam, Holland) and Asian Operations Center (located in Singapore). The operations centers
provide warehousing, shipping, receiving, refurbishing and recycling services for our shipping containers. This approach is a cost-effective way
to initiate operations outside of the US and allows us to scale up as our business grows globally.
Industry and Competition
Our products and services are sold into a rapidly growing segment of the logistics industry focused on the temperature sensitive packaging
and shipping of biological materials. Expenditures for “value added” packaging for frozen transport have been increasing for the past several
years and, due in part to continued globalization, are expected to continue to increase even more in the future as more domestic and international
biotechnology firms introduce pharmaceutical products that require continuous refrigeration at cryogenic temperatures. We believe this will
require a greater dependence on passively controlled temperature transport systems (i.e., systems having no external power source). In addition,
we expect that industry standards and regulations will be introduced globally, requiring more comprehensive tracking and validation of shipping
temperatures.
We believe that growth in the following markets has resulted in the need for increased reliability, efficiencies and greater flexibility in the
temperature sensitive segment of the logistics market:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
cell-based therapies
gene and stem cell biotechnology
cell lines
vaccine production
commercial drug product distribution
clinical trials, including transport of tissue culture samples
diagnostic specimens
infectious sample materials
inter/intra-laboratory diagnostic testing
temperature-sensitive specimens
biological samples, in general
environmental sampling
IVF
animal husbandry
15
Many of the biological products in these above markets require transport in a frozen state as well as the need for shipping containers which
have the ability to maintain a frozen, cryogenic environment (e.g., minus 150° Celsius) for a period ranging from two to ten days (depending on
the distance and mode of shipment). These products include stem cells, semen, embryo, tissue, tissue cultures, cultures of viruses and bacteria,
enzymes, DNA materials, vaccines and certain pharmaceutical products.
One of the integral parts of our solutions are our Cryoport Express ® Shippers that are based on a liquid nitrogen dry vapor technology.
The following paragraphs compare our shippers with dry ice and liquid nitrogen shipping methods. Our solutions integrate the Cryoport
Express® Shippers with our Cryoportal TM logistics software platform and our cold chain logistics know-how that are comprehensive and
tailored to client requirements.
Cryoport Express Shippers (Liquid Nitrogen Dry Vapor) compared to Dry Ice Shipments
One problem faced by many companies operating in these specialized markets is the limited number of cryogenic shipping systems
serving their needs. The currently adopted protocol and the most common method for packaging frozen transport in these industries is the use of
solid-state carbon dioxide (dry ice). Dry ice is and has been used extensively in shipping to maintain a frozen state for a period of one to four
days. Dry ice is used in the transport of many biological products, such as pharmaceuticals, laboratory specimens and certain infectious
materials. The common approach to shipping these items via ground freight is to pack the product in a container, such as an expanded
polystyrene (styrofoam) box or a molded polyurethane box, with a variable quantity of dry ice. The box is taped or strapped shut and shipped to
its destination with freight charges based on its initial shipping weight. All dry ice shipping is considered dangerous goods shipping, requiring
extra packaging steps and adding costs. It gives off carbon dioxide and sublimates unevenly and in short duration.
With respect to shipments via specialized courier services, there is no standardized method or device currently in use for the purpose of
transporting temperature-sensitive frozen biological specimens. One common method for courier transport of biological materials is to place
frozen specimens, refrigerated specimens, and ambient specimens into a compartmentalized container, similar in size to a 55 quart Coleman or
Igloo cooler. The freezer compartment in the container is loaded with a quantity of dry ice at minus 78° Celsius, while the refrigerated
compartment at 8° Celsius utilizes ice substitutes.
Two manufacturers of the polystyrene and polyurethane containers frequently used in the shipping and courier transport of dry ice frozen
specimens are Insulated Shipping Containers, Inc. and Tegrant (formerly SCA Thermosafe). When these containers are used with dry ice, the
average sublimation rate (e.g., the rate at which dry ice turns from a solid to a gaseous state) in a container with a 1 1 / 2 inch wall thickness is
slightly less than three pounds per 24 hours. Other existing refrigerant systems employ the use of gel packs and ice substitutes for temperature
maintenance. Gels and eutectic solutions (phase changing materials) with a wide range of phasing temperatures have been developed in recent
years to meet the needs of products with varying specific temperature control requirements.
The use of dry ice and ice substitutes, however, regardless of external packaging used, are frequently inadequate because they do not
provide low enough storage temperatures and, in the case of dry ice, last for only a few days without re-icing. As a result, companies run the risk
of increased costs due to lost specimens and additional shipping charges due to the need to re-ice.
Some of the other disadvantages to using dry ice for shipping or transporting temperature sensitive products are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
availability of a dry ice source;
handling and storage of the dry ice;
cost of the dry ice;
compliance with local, state and federal regulations relating to the storage and use of dry ice;
dangerous goods shipping regulations;
weight of containers when packed with dry ice;
securing a shipping container with a high enough R-value (which is a measure of thermal resistance) to hold the dry ice and
product for the required time period;
16
•
•
securing a shipping container that meets the requirements of IATA, the DOT, the CDC, and other regulatory agencies; and
emission of greenhouse gases (primarily carbon dioxide) into the environment.
Due to the limitations of dry ice, specimens that require frozen shipping are more securely shipped at true cryogenic temperatures using a
service such as liquid nitrogen dry vapor shippers (Cryoport Express Shippers), or liquid nitrogen shippers where the specimen is kept over
actual liquid nitrogen. However, liquid nitrogen is hazardous and has many pitfalls including safety and expense.
Cryoport Express Shippers (Liquid Nitrogen Dry Vapor) compared to Liquid Nitrogen Dewars/Tanks
There are distinct disadvantages when using liquid nitrogen compared to the dry vapor liquid nitrogen used in Cryoport Express ®
Shippers. Liquid nitrogen dewars/tanks are classified as dangerous goods and cannot be shipped as parcel. In addition, the liquid nitrogen has to
be disposed of prior to returning the dewar/tank to its origin. These issues add additional procedural steps and costs to the shipment. In addition,
there is a risk of liquid nitrogen leakage if the dewar/tank tips to the side during transport, which can cause bodily injury and compromise the
specimen being shipped. Due to the use of our proprietary technology, our Cryoport Express ® Shippers are not prone to leakage when on their
side or inverted, thereby protecting the integrity of our shipper’s hold time and being safe for handling.
While both liquid nitrogen dry vapor and liquid nitrogen shippers provide solutions to the issues encountered when shipping with dry ice,
liquid nitrogen shippers have some draw backs. For example, the cost for a liquid nitrogen shipper typically can range from $650 to $4,000 per
unit, which can substantially limit their use for the transport of many common biologics, particularly with respect to small quantities such as is
the case with direct to the physician drug delivery. Because of the initial cost and limited production of these containers, they are designed to be
reusable. However, the cost of returning these containers can be significant, particularly in international markets, because most applications
require only one-way shipping. In addition, the logistics support of cryogenic shippers requires more sophisticated logistics management and
discipline to ensure shippers are returned and recycled, especially for international shipments, which many companies do not have in place.
Cryoport’s solutions are totally comprehensive and integrated for maximum reliability, economy and total effectiveness. Cryoport’s total
logistics solution enables life sciences companies to utilize the superior liquid nitrogen dry vapor technology without having to make capital
investments or developing in-house logistics expertise and systems by offering a complete solution, which includes the cloud-based Cryoportal
TM logistics management platform, the temperature monitoring system and the 24/7/365 logistics support. Cryoport allows the customer to
outsource logistics and focus on its core competencies while maintaining visibility of all shipping related information.
Within our intended biotechnology and life sciences markets for Cryoport Express ® Shippers, there is limited known direct competition.
We compete with liquid nitrogen and dry ice solutions by reason of the improved and integrated hardware and software technology in our
products including our comprehensive logistics management software and through the use of our service enabled business model. The Cryoport
Express ® Solution provides a simple and cost effective solution for the frozen or cryogenic transport of biotech and life sciences materials. The
Cryoportal TM assists with the management, scheduling and shipping of the Cryoport Express ® Shippers, removing the burdens associated with
other methods.
Traditional dry ice shippers and liquid nitrogen tank suppliers, such as MVE/Chart Industries, Taylor Wharton, and Air Liquide, offer
various models of dry vapor liquid nitrogen shippers that are not as cost efficient for multi-use and multi-shipment purposes due to their
significantly greater unit costs and unit weight (which may substantially increase the shipping cost). On the other hand, they are more established
and have larger organizations and have greater financial, operational, sales and marketing resources, have a broader manufactured product
offering of other liquid nitrogen products and more experience in research and development than we do.
Factors that we believe give us a competitive advantage are attributable to our software and shipping containers, which allow our shipper
to retain liquid nitrogen when placed in non-upright positions, the overall “leak-proofness” of our package which determines compliance with
shipping regulations, the overall weight and volume of the package which determines shipping costs, and our business model represented by the
merged integration of our shipper with Cryoportal TM and Smart Pak data logger into a seamless shipping, tracking and monitoring solution.
17
Other companies that offer potentially competitive products include Industrial Insulation Systems, which offers cryogenic transport units
and has partnered with Marathon Products Inc., a manufacturer and global supplier of wireless temperature data collecting devices used for
documenting environmentally sensitive products through the cold chain, and Kodiak Thermal Technologies, Inc. which offers, among other
containers, a repeat use active-cool container that uses free piston stirling cycle technology. While not having their own shipping devices,
BioStorage Technologies is potentially a competitive company through their management services offered for cold-chain logistics and long-term
biomaterial storage. Cryogena offers a single use disposable LN2 shipper with better performance than dry ice, but it does not perform as well
and is not as cost-effective as the Cryoport solution when all costs are considered. In addition, BioMatrica, Inc. is developing and offering
technology that stabilizes biological samples and research materials at room temperature. They presently offer these technologies primarily to
research and academic institutions; however, their technology may eventually enter the broader cold-chain market. Fisher BioServices, part of
Thermo Fisher Scientific, provides cell therapy logistics services, maintaining cold chain from manufacturer to patient bedside. They provide
customized solutions in biospecimen collection kits, biospecimen shipping, lab processing, biobanking and clinical trial support services.
Research and Development
Our research and development efforts are focused on continually improving the features of our Cryoport Express ® Solutions including the
cloud-based Cryoportal TM and the Cryoport Express ® Shippers. These efforts are expected to lead to the introduction of shippers of varying
sizes based on market requirements, constructed of lower cost materials and utilizing high volume manufacturing methods that will make it
practical to provide the cryogenic packages offered with the Cryoport Express ® Solutions. Alternative phase change materials in place of liquid
nitrogen may be used to increase the potential markets these shippers can serve such as ambient and 2°- 8°C markets. Our research and
development expenditures for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 were $352,600 and $409,100, respectively with the largest portion
being spent on software maintenance and development.
Employees
The efforts of our employees are critical to our success. We believe that we have assembled a strong management team with the
experience and expertise needed to execute our business strategy. We anticipate hiring additional personnel as needs dictate to implement our
growth strategy. As of May 8, 2015, we had twenty seven full-time employees, four consultants and five temporary employees.
Insurance
We currently maintain general liability insurance, with coverage in the amount of $1 million per occurrence, subject to a $2 million annual
limitation. Claims may be made against us that exceed these limits. In fiscal year 2015, we did not experience any claims against our
professional liability insurance. Our liability policy is an “occurrence” based policy. Thus, our policy is complete when we purchased it and
following cancellation of the policy it continues to provide coverage for future claims based on conduct that took place during the policy term.
However, our insurance may not protect us against all liability because our policies typically have various exceptions to the claims covered and
also require us to assume some costs of the claim even though a portion of the claim may be covered. In addition, if we expand into new
markets, we may not be aware of the need for, or be able to obtain insurance coverage for such activities or, if insurance is obtained, the dollar
amount of any liabilities incurred could exceed our insurance coverage. A partially or completely uninsured claim, if successful and of
significant magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We also maintain product liability insurance with coverage in the amount of $1,000,000 per year. In addition, we currently maintain cargo
insurance for shipments for one customer, with coverage of up to $10,000 per shipment.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking information based on our current expectations. Because our actual results
may differ materially from any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Cryoport, this section includes a discussion of important
factors that could affect our actual future results, including, but not limited to, our potential product and service revenues, acceptance of our
products and services, expenses, net income(loss) and earnings(loss) per common share.
Risks Related to Our Financial Condition
We have incurred significant losses to date and may continue to incur losses.
We have incurred net losses in each fiscal year since we commenced operations. The following table represents net losses incurred for
each of our last two fiscal years:
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2015
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2014
Net Loss
$
$
7,026,900
19,565,400
18
Our fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 loss of $19,565,400 included a one-time non-cash loss of $13,713,800 as a result of an induced debt
conversion expense as described in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the “Results
of Operations for Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014” section. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $97.8 million. In order
to achieve and sustain such revenue growth in the future, we must significantly expand our market presence and revenues from existing and new
customers. We may continue to incur losses in the future and may never generate revenues sufficient to become profitable or to sustain
profitability. Continuing losses may impair our ability to raise the additional capital required to continue and expand our operations.
Our auditors have expressed doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to our March 31, 2015 consolidated financial statements includes an
explanatory paragraph stating that the recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and our cash and cash equivalent
balance at March 31, 2015 raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not
include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
If we are unable to obtain additional funding, we may have to reduce or discontinue our business operations.
As of May 8, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2.1 million. Therefore, our ability to continue and expand our operations is
highly dependent on the amount of cash and cash equivalents on hand combined with our ability to raise additional capital to fund future
operations.
Recently, we funded our operations through a short-term bridge financing and a preferred stock offering. We plan to raise additional funds
through an equity or debt offering to cover general working capital needs and sales and marketing initiatives to expand our customer base and
increase revenues. The Company currently anticipates that it will continue to raise additional capital to fund its short term operating expenses
pursuant to private placements similar to private placements the Company has conducted in the past. The Company also anticipates seeking to
raise up to $15 million pursuant to a public offering of its common stock and warrants to provide working capital and to support the Company’s
anticipated operations and development plans. If we are not able to raise sufficient funds and our projected revenues and cash-inflows are
reduced or delayed, we may not have sufficient capital to operate through the third quarter of our fiscal year 2016 or beyond. We are currently
exploring various arrangements with respect to securing additional funding. However, there can be no assurance that any additional financing on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all, will be available when needed. The inability to obtain additional capital may reduce our ability to
continue to conduct our business operations. Any additional equity financing will involve substantial dilution to our then existing stockholders.
The uncertainties surrounding our future cash inflows have raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our agreements with global providers of shipping services may not result in a significant increase in our revenues or cash flow, soon or in
the future.
We believe that establishing strategic alliances with global providers (integrators) of logistics and of shipping services, such as our
agreements with FedEx, DHL, and UPS can drive growth in our revenues, but there is no certainty to this view. We are seeking to establish
similar arrangements with other providers of international shipping services. We anticipate all such alliances will enable us to provide seamless,
end-to-end shipping solutions to customers of our respective alliance partners and allow us to leverage the established relationships with those
customers, but there is no guarantee this will happen.
In January 2013, we entered into an agreement with FedEx, renewing FedEx’s right to, on a non-exclusive basis, promote, market and sell
transportation of our shippers and our related value-added goods and services and providing FedEx with a non-exclusive license and right to use
a customized version of our Cryoportal™ software platform for the management of shipments made by FedEx customers. In June 2014, we
added DHL as our second major distribution partner, whereby DHL can offer our validated and comprehensive cryogenic solutions to its life
sciences and healthcare customers on a global basis. In October 2014, we entered into an agreement with UPS related to our participation in
UPS’s efforts to expand its provision of cryogenic shipping services to the life sciences industry.
Because our agreements with FedEx, DHL, and UPS do not contain any requirement that they use a minimum level of our services, there
can be no assurance of any significant increase in our revenues or cash flows as a result of these strategic alliances.
19
Our agreements with providers of vaccines and stem cell-based therapies may not result in a significant increase in our revenues or cash
flow.
We believe that establishing strategic relationships with manufacturers and distributors of treatments for animals and humans, such as our
agreements with Zoetis, Inc. and Liventa Bioscience, Inc., can drive growth in our revenues.
In December 2012, we entered an agreement with what became Zoetis, Inc. (in January 2013, Pfizer spun off its animal health business
into Zoetis, Inc., a public company) pursuant to which we were engaged to manage frozen shipments of a key poultry vaccine from Zoetis’
production site in the United States. Over time, Zoetis has further expanded our role in providing them assistance in managing their cryogenic
distribution of their vaccines and has become our largest customer.
In February 2014, we entered into an agreement with Liventa Bioscience, Inc. (“Liventa”) to act as its exclusive provider of cryogenic
logistics of stem cell based therapies for orthopedic applications based on meeting minimum performance requirements over specified time
periods. Liventa intends to distribute its own line of therapies and to act as a distributor of other therapies to orthopedic health care providers that
require controlled cryogenic temperatures. There is no assurance if or when Liventa will begin significant use of our services.
While we anticipate growth in shipments by Zoetis under our management and that Liventa will be successful in its efforts to distribute
cell based biologic materials to the orthopedic market, there can be no assurance of any significant increase in our revenues or cash flows as a
result of these important alliances.
We will have difficulty increasing our revenues if we experience delays, difficulties or unanticipated costs in establishing the sales,
distribution and marketing capabilities necessary to successfully commercialize our solutions.
We plan to improve our sales, distribution, and marketing capabilities in the Americas, Europe, and Asia. It will be expensive and time-
consuming for us to develop our global marketing and sales network and thus we intend to rely on our strategic alliances with FedEx, DHL, and
UPS. We further intend to seek to enter into additional strategic alliances with international providers of shipping services to incorporate use of
our solutions in their service offerings. We may not be able to provide adequate incentive to our sales force or to establish and maintain
favorable distribution and marketing collaborations with others to promote our solutions. In addition, any third party with whom we have
established a marketing and distribution relationship may not devote sufficient time to the marketing and sales of our solutions, thereby exposing
us to potential expenses in exiting such distribution agreements. We, and any of our alliance partners, must also market our services in
compliance with federal, state, local and international laws relating to the provision of incentives and inducements. Violation of these laws can
result in substantial penalties. Therefore, if we are unable to successfully motivate and expand our marketing and sales force and further develop
our sales and marketing capabilities, or if our alliance partners fail to promote our solutions, we will have difficulty increasing our revenues and
the revenue may not off-set the additional expense of expansion.
Our ability to grow and compete in our industry will be hampered if we are unable to retain the continued service of our key professionals
or to identify, hire and retain additional qualified professionals.
A critical factor to our business is our ability to attract and retain qualified professionals including key employees and consultants. We are
continually at risk of losing current professionals or being unable to hire additional professionals as needed. If we are unable to attract new
qualified employees, our ability to grow will be adversely affected. If we are unable to retain current employees or strategic consultants, our
financial condition and ability to maintain operations may be adversely affected.
Sustainable future revenue growth is dependent on new solutions and services.
Our future revenue stream depends to a large degree on our ability to bring new solutions and services to market on a timely basis. We
must continue to make significant investments in research and development in order to continue to develop new solutions and services, enhance
existing solutions and services, and achieve market acceptance of such solutions and services. We may incur problems in introducing new
solutions and services.
The adoption cycle of our target customers tends to be very lengthy, which continues to adversely affect our ability to increase revenues
quickly.
We offer our solutions primarily to companies in the life sciences industry. These companies operate within a heavily regulated
environment and as such, changing vendors and distribution practices typically require a number of steps, which may include the audit of our
facilities, review of our procedures, qualifying us as a vendor, and performing test shipments. This process can take several months or longer to
complete, involving multiple levels of approval, prior to a company fully adopting our Cryoport Express ® Solutions. The logistics management
of many companies is decentralized adding to the time need to effect adaptation of our solutions. In addition, any such adoption may be on a
gradual basis such that the customer progressively ramps up use of our Cryoport Express ® Solutions following adoption. The slow adoption
process continues to adversely affect our ability to increase revenues.
20
The loss of key members of our executive management team could adversely affect our business.
Our success in implementing our business strategy depends largely on the skills, experience and performance of key members of our
executive management team and others in key management positions. The collective efforts of each of these persons working as a team will be
critical to us as we continue to develop our technologies, tests and research and development and sales programs. As a result of the difficulty in
locating qualified new management, the loss or incapacity of existing members of our executive management team could adversely affect our
operations. If we were to lose one or more of these key employees, we could experience difficulties in finding qualified successors, competing
effectively, developing our technologies and implementing our business strategy. We do not maintain “key person” insurance on any of our
employees.
We are dependent on an outside party for the continued development and maintenance of our Cryoportal™ software.
Our proprietary Cryoportal™ is a logistics platform software used by our customers, business partners and client care team to automate the
entry of orders, prepare customs documentation and facilitate status and location monitoring of shipped orders while in transit. The continued
development of the Cryoportal™ platform is contracted with an outside software development company. If this developer becomes unable or
unwilling to continue work on scheduled projects, and an alternative software development company cannot be secured, we may not be able to
implement needed enhancements to the system. Furthermore, if we terminate our agreement with our current software developer and cannot
reach an agreement or fail to fulfill an agreement for the termination, it is possible we could lose our license to use this software. Failure to
proceed with enhancements or the loss of our license for the system would adversely affect our ability to generate new business and serve
existing customers, resulting in a reduction in revenue.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain patent protection for our solutions and business model, preserve our trade secrets,
and operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others.
Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing United States patent applications related to our
technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development of our business. We have three issued U.S. patents; one pending
patent, and one recently filed provisional patent application, all relating to various aspects of our solutions and services. Our patents or
provisional patent application may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented in the future or the rights granted may not provide a competitive
advantage. We intend to vigorously protect and defend our intellectual property. Costly and time-consuming litigation brought by us may be
necessary to enforce our patents and to protect our trade secrets and know-how, or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the
proprietary rights of others.
We also rely upon trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive
position. In the past our employees, consultants, advisors and suppliers have not always executed confidentiality agreements and invention
assignment and work for hire agreements in connection with their employment, consulting, or advisory relationships. Consequently, we may not
have adequate remedies available to us to protect our intellectual property should one of these parties attempt to use our trade secrets or refuse to
assign any rights he or she may have in any intellectual property he or she developed for us. Additionally, our competitors may independently
develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our proprietary technology, or we may not
be able to meaningfully protect our rights in unpatented proprietary technology.
While we are not aware of any third party that is infringing any of our patents or trademarks nor do we believe that we are infringing on
the patents or trademarks of any other person or organization, we cannot assure you that our current and potential competitors and other third
parties have not filed (or in the future will not file) patent applications for (or have not received or in the future will not receive) patents or obtain
additional proprietary rights that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our solutions either in the United States or
internationally. Additionally, we may face assertions of claims by holders of patents alleging that we are infringing upon their patent rights
which claims are without merit, but may result in our incurring substantial costs of defense.
If we were sued for product liability, we could face substantial liabilities that exceed our resources.
The marketing, sale and use of our products could lead to the filing of product liability claims were someone to allege that our products
failed to perform as designed. A product liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time-consuming for us to defend.
21
Although we believe that our existing insurance is adequate, our insurers may fail to defend us or our insurance may not fully protect us
from the financial impact of defending against product liability claims. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit,
could increase our insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future. Additionally, any product liability lawsuit could
damage our reputation, or cause current clinical partners and collaborators to terminate existing agreements and potential clinical partners to seek
other partners, cause customers to terminate their relationship with us and potential customers to seek alternative solutions, any of which could
impact our results of operations.
Our solutions and services may contain errors or defects, which could result in damage to our reputation, lost revenues, diverted
development resources and increased service costs and litigation.
Our solutions and services must meet stringent requirements and we must develop our services and solutions quickly to keep pace with the
rapidly changing market. Solutions as sophisticated as ours could contain undetected errors or defects, especially when first introduced or when
new equipment or versions of our software are released. If our solutions are not free from errors or defects, we may incur an injury to our
reputation, lost revenues, diverted development resources, increased customer service and support costs, and litigation. The costs incurred in
correcting any product errors or defects may be substantial and could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we experience manufacturing delays, interruptions in production, or delays in procurement of shippers manufactured by third parties,
then we may experience customer dissatisfaction and our reputation could suffer.
If we fail to produce enough shippers at our own manufacturing facility or at a third party manufacturing facility, or if we fail to complete
our shipper recycling processes as planned, we may be unable to deliver shippers to our customers on a timely basis, which could lead to
customer dissatisfaction and could harm our reputation and ability to compete. We currently acquire various component parts for our shippers
from various independent manufacturers in the United States. We would likely experience significant delays or cessation in producing our
shippers if a labor strike, natural disaster or other supply disruption were to occur at any of our main suppliers. If we are unable to procure a
component from one of our manufacturers, we may be required to enter into arrangements with one or more alternative manufacturing
companies, which may cause delays in producing our shippers. In addition, because we depend (in part) on third party manufacturers, our profit
margins may be lower, which will make it more difficult for us to achieve profitability. To date, we have not experienced any material delay that
has adversely impacted our operations. As our business develops it becomes more likely that such problems could arise.
We expect to base our equipment and inventory purchasing decisions on our forecasts of customers’ demand, and if our forecasts are
inaccurate, our operating results could be materially harmed.
As our customer base increases, we expect to need to purchase additional equipment and inventory. Our forecasts will be based on
multiple assumptions, each of which may cause our estimates to be inaccurate, affecting our ability to provide products to our customers. When
demand for our products increases significantly, we may not be able to meet demand on a timely basis, and we may need to expend a significant
amount of time working with our customers to allocate limited supply and maintain positive customer relations, or we may incur additional costs
in order to rush the manufacture and delivery of additional products. If we underestimate customers’ demand, we may forego revenue
opportunities, lose market share and damage our customer relationships. Conversely, if we overestimate customer demand, we may purchase
more equipment and inventory than we are able to use or sell at any given time or at all. As a result of our failure properly to estimate demand
for our products, we could have excess or obsolete equipment and/or inventory, resulting in a decline in the value of our equipment and/or
inventory, which would increase our costs of revenues and reduce our liquidity. Our failure to accurately manage our equipment purchases and
inventory relative to demand would adversely affect our operating results.
If we experience delays or interruption in shipping due to factors outside of our control, such disruption could lead to customer
dissatisfaction and harm our reputation.
We rely on third party shipment and carrier services to transport our shippers containing biological material. These third party operations
could be subject to natural disasters, adverse weather conditions, other business disruptions, and carrier error, which could cause delays in the
delivery of our shippers, which in turn could cause serious harm to the biological material being shipped. As a result, any prolonged delay in
shipment, whether due to technical difficulties, power failures, break-ins, destruction or damage to carrier facilities as a result of a natural
disaster, fire, or any other reason, could result in damage to the contents of the shipper. If we are unable to cause the delivery of our shippers in a
timely matter and without damage, this could also harm our operating results and our reputation, even if we are not at fault.
22
Our solutions and services may expose us to liability in excess of our current insurance coverage.
Our solutions and services involve significant risks of liability, which may substantially exceed the revenues we derive from them. We
cannot predict the magnitude of these potential liabilities. We currently maintain general liability insurance, with coverage in the amount of $1
million per occurrence, subject to a $2 million annual limitation, and product liability insurance with a $1 million annual coverage limitation.
Claims may be made against us that exceed these limits.
Our liability policy is an “occurrence” based policy. Thus, our policy is complete when we purchased it and following cancellation of the
policy it continues to provide coverage for future claims based on conduct that took place during the policy term. Our insurance coverage,
however, may not protect us against all liability because our policies typically have various exceptions to the claims covered and also require us
to assume some costs of the claim even though a portion of the claim may be covered. In addition, if we expand into new markets, we may not
be aware of the need for, or be able to obtain insurance coverage for such activities or, if insurance is obtained, the dollar amount of any
liabilities incurred could exceed our insurance coverage. A partially or completely uninsured claim, if successful and of significant magnitude,
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we use biological and hazardous materials in a manner that causes injury, we could be liable for damages.
Our customers may ship potentially harmful biological materials in our dewars. We cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination
or injury to employees or third parties from the use, storage, handling or disposal of these materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we
could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources or any applicable insurance coverage we may have.
Additionally, we are subject to, on an ongoing basis, federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and
disposal of these materials and specified waste products. In the event of an accident, we could be held liable for damages.
If we cannot compete effectively, we will lose business.
Our services and solutions are positioned to be competitive in the life sciences cold-chain logistics market. While there are technological
and marketing barriers to entry, we cannot guarantee that the barriers we are capable of producing will be sufficient to defend the market share
we wish to gain against current and future competitors. Our principal competitive considerations in our market include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
financial resources to allocate to proper marketing and an appropriate sales effort
acceptance of our solutions model
acceptance of our solutions including per use fee structures and other charges for services
keeping up technologically with ongoing development of enhanced features and benefits
reductions in the delivery costs of competitors’ solutions
the ability to develop and maintain and expand strategic alliances
establishing our brand name
our ability to deliver our solutions to our customers when requested
our timing of introductions of new solutions, and services
financial resources to support working capital needs and required capital investments in infrastructure
Current and prospective competitors have substantially greater resources, more customers, longer operating histories, greater name
recognition and more established relationships in the industry. As a result, these competitors may be able to develop and expand their networks
and product offerings more quickly, devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of their solutions and adopt more aggressive pricing
policies. In addition, these competitors have entered and will likely continue to enter into business relationships to provide additional solutions
competitive to those we provide or plan to provide .
23
We may acquire other businesses, products or technologies in order to remain competitive in our market and our business could be
adversely affected as a result of any of these future acquisitions.
We may make acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies. If we identify any appropriate acquisition candidates,
we may not be successful in negotiating acceptable terms of the acquisition, financing the acquisition, or integrating the acquired business,
products or technologies into our existing business and operations. Further, completing an acquisition and integrating an acquired business will
significantly divert management time and resources. The diversion of management attention and any difficulties encountered in the transition
and integration process could harm our business. If we consummate any significant acquisitions using stock or other securities as consideration,
our shareholders' equity could be significantly diluted. If we make any significant acquisitions using cash consideration, we may be required to
use a substantial portion of our available cash. Acquisition financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. In addition, we may be
required to amortize significant amounts of other intangible assets in connection with future acquisitions, which would harm our operating
results and financial condition.
If we successfully develop products and/or services, but those products and/or services do not achieve and maintain market acceptance,
our business will not be profitable.
The degree of acceptance of our Cryoport Express ® Solutions or any future products or services by our current target markets, and any
other markets to which we attempt to sell our products and services, and our profitability and growth will depend on a number of factors
including, among others:
•
•
•
•
•
•
our shippers’ ability to perform and preserve the integrity of the materials shipped
relative convenience and ease of use of our shipper and/or Cryoportal TM
availability of alternative products
pricing and cost effectiveness
effectiveness of our or our collaborators’ sales and marketing strategy
the adoption cycles of our targeted customers
If any products or services we may develop do not achieve market acceptance, then we may not generate sufficient revenue to achieve or
maintain profitability.
In addition, even if our products and services achieve market acceptance, we may not be able to maintain that market acceptance over time
if new products or services are introduced that are more favorably received than our products and services, are more cost effective, or render our
products obsolete. Although we are not aware of any other treatments or methods currently being developed that would directly compete with
the methods we employ, there can be no assurance that future developments in technology will not make our technology non-competitive or
obsolete, or significantly reduce our operating margins or the demand for our offerings, or otherwise negatively impact our ability to be
profitable.
We may not be able to compete with our competitors in the industry because many of them have greater resources than we do.
We expect to continue to experience significant and increasing levels of competition in the future. In addition, there may be other
companies which are currently developing competitive products and services or which may in the future develop technologies and products that
are comparable, superior or less costly than our own. For example, some cryogenic equipment manufacturers with greater resources currently
have solutions for storing and transporting cryogenic liquid and gasses and may develop storage solutions that compete with our products.
Additionally, some specialty couriers with greater resources currently provide dry ice transportation and may develop other products in the
future, both of which compete with our products. A competitor that has greater resources than us may be able to bring its product to market faster
than we can and offer its product at a lower price than us to establish market share. We may not be able to successfully compete with a
competitor that has greater resources and such competition may adversely affect our business.
24
Intellectual Property Risks Associated with Our Business
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain patent protection for our solutions and business model, preserve our trade secrets, and
operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others.
Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing United States patent applications related to our
technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development of our business. We have three issued U.S. patents, one pending
U.S. patent application, and one recently filed U.S. provisional patent application, all relating to various aspects of our solutions and services.
Our patents or patent application may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented in the future or the rights granted may not provide a
competitive advantage. We intend to vigorously protect and defend our intellectual property. Costly and time-consuming litigation brought by us
may be necessary to enforce our patents and to protect our trade secrets and know-how, or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of
the proprietary rights of others.
We also rely upon trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive
position. In the past our employees, consultants, advisors and suppliers have not always executed confidentiality agreements and inventions
assignment and work for hire agreements in connection with their employment, consulting, or advisory relationships. Consequently, we may not
have adequate remedies available to us to protect our intellectual property should one of these parties attempt to use our trade secrets or refuse to
assign any rights he or she may have in any intellectual property he or she developed for us. Additionally, our competitors may independently
develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our proprietary technology, or we may not
be able to meaningfully protect our rights in unpatented proprietary technology.
While we are not aware of any third party that is infringing any of our patents or trademarks nor do we believe that we are infringing on
the patents or trademarks of any other person or organization, we cannot guarantee that our current and potential competitors and other third
parties have not filed (or in the future will not file) patent applications for (or have not received or in the future will not receive) patents or obtain
additional proprietary rights that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our solutions either in the United States or
internationally. Additionally, we may face assertions of claims by holders of patents alleging that we are infringing upon their patent rights,
which claims may be without merit, but may nonetheless result in our incurring substantial costs of defense.
We are dependent on a third party for the continued development and maintenance of our Cryoportal™ software.
Our proprietary Cryoportal™ is a logistics platform software used by our customers, business partners and client care team to automate the
entry of orders, prepare customs documentation and facilitate status and location monitoring of shipped orders while in transit. The continued
development of the Cryoportal™ platform is contracted with an outside software development company. If this developer becomes unable or
unwilling to continue work on scheduled projects, and an alternative software development company cannot be secured, we may not be able to
implement needed enhancements to the system. Furthermore, if we terminate our agreement with our current software developer and cannot
reach an agreement or fail to fulfill an agreement for the termination, it is possible we could lose our license to use this software. Failure to
proceed with enhancements or the loss of our license for the system would adversely affect our ability to generate new business and serve
existing customers, resulting in a reduction in revenue.
Our customers could also become the target of litigation relating to the patent and other intellectual property rights of others.
Any litigation relating to the intellectual property rights of others could trigger technical support and indemnification obligations in
licenses or customer agreements that we may enter into. These obligations could result in substantial expenses, including the payment by us of
costs and damages relating to claims of intellectual property infringement. In addition to the time and expense required for us to provide support
or indemnification to our customers, any such litigation could disrupt the businesses of our customers, which in turn could hurt our relationships
with such customers and cause the sale of our products to decrease. No assurance can be given that claims for indemnification will not be made,
or that if made, such claims would not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial conditions.
Our Cryoportal™ software platform may be subject to intentional disruption that could adversely impact our reputation and future revenues.
We have implemented our Cryoportal™ software platform which is used by our customers and business partners to automate the entry of
orders, prepare customs documentation and facilitate status and location monitoring of shipped orders while in transit. Although we believe we
have sufficient controls in place to prevent intentional disruptions, we could be a target of cyber-attacks specifically designed to impede the
performance of the Cryoportal™ software platform. Similarly, experienced computer programmers may attempt to penetrate our Cryoportal™
software platform in an effort to search for and misappropriate proprietary or confidential information or cause interruptions of our services.
Because the techniques used by such computer programmers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until
launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques. Our activities could be adversely affected and our reputation, brand
and future sales could be harmed if such intentionally disruptive efforts were successful.
25
Regulatory Risks Relating to Our Business
Complying with certain regulations that apply to shipments using our solutions can limit our activities and increase our cost of operations.
Shipments using our solutions and services are subject to various regulations in the various countries in which we operate. For example,
shipments using our solutions may be required to comply with the shipping requirements promulgated by the Centers for Disease Control
(“CDC”), the Occupational Safety and Health Organization (“OSHA”), the Department of Transportation (“DOT”) as well as rules established
by the IATA and the ICAO. Additionally, our data logger may be subject to regulation and certification by the Food and Drug Administration
(“FDA”), Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”), and the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”). We will need to ensure that our
solutions and services comply with relevant rules and regulations to make our solutions and services marketable, and in some cases compliance
is difficult to determine. Significant changes in such regulations could require costly changes to our solutions and services or prevent use of our
shippers for an extended period of time while we seek to comply with changed regulations. If we are unable to comply with any of these rules or
regulations or fail to obtain any required approvals, our ability to market our solutions and services may be adversely affected. In addition, even
if we are able to comply with these rules and regulations, compliance can result in increased costs. In either event, our financial results and
condition may be adversely affected. We depend on our business partners and unrelated and frequently unknown third party agents in foreign
countries to act on our behalf to complete the importation process and to make delivery of our shippers to the final user. The failure of these third
parties to perform their duties could result in damage to the contents of the shipper resulting in customer dissatisfaction or liability to us, even if
we are not at fault.
Risks Relating to Our Current Financing Arrangements
Certain of our existing stockholders own and have the right to acquire a substantial number of shares of common stock.
As of May 8, 2015, our directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock beneficially
owned 1,208,251 shares of common stock (without regard to beneficial ownership limitations contained in certain warrants) assuming their
exercise of all outstanding warrants and options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 8, 2015 or approximately 20.1% of our outstanding
common stock. Of these shares of common stock, 287,469 shares, or approximately 5.4% of our common stock, will be beneficially owned by
Cranshire Capital Master Fund. As such, the concentration of beneficial ownership of our common stock may have the effect of delaying or
preventing a change in control of Cryoport and may adversely affect the voting or other rights of other holders of our common stock.
The sale of substantial shares of our common stock may depress our stock price.
As of May 8, 2015, there were 5,025,577 shares of our common stock outstanding. Substantially all of these shares of common stock are
eligible for trading in the public market. The market price of our common stock may decline if our stockholders sell a large number of shares of
our common stock in the public market, or the market perceives that such sales may occur. We could also issue up to 8,993,495 shares of our
common stock including shares to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options or reserved for future issuance under our
stock incentive plans, as further described in the following table:
Common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock
Common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants
Common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options or reserved for future incentive
awards under our stock incentive plans
Total
26
Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
Issuable or
Reserved for
Issuance
1,541,148
5,475,806
1,976,541
8,993,495
Of the total preferred stock, options and warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2015, preferred stock, options and warrants exercisable for
an aggregate of 2,397,712 shares of common stock would be considered dilutive to the value of our stockholders’ interest in Cryoport because
we would receive upon exercise of such options and warrants an amount per share that is less than the market price of our common stock on
March 31, 2015.
Our stock price has been and will likely continue to be volatile.
The market price of our common stock has been highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response to various factors, many of
which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
technological innovations or new solutions and services by us or our competitors
additions or departures of key personnel
sales of our common stock
our ability to execute our business plan
our operating results being below expectations
loss of any strategic relationship
industry developments
economic and other external factors
period-to-period fluctuations in our financial results
In addition, the securities markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the
operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of our
common stock and warrants.
In addition, we completed a 1-for-12 reverse stock split in May 2015. There can be no assurance that the reverse stock split will have the
anticipated benefits. For instance, there can be no assurance that the market price per share of our common stock after the reverse stock split will
rise in proportion to the reduction in the number of shares of our common stock outstanding before the reverse stock split, or that the reverse
stock split will result in a market price per share that will attract brokers and investors who do not trade in lower priced stocks.
Additionally, the liquidity of our common stock could be adversely affected by the reduced number of shares resulting from the reverse
stock split, which, in turn, could result in greater volatility in the price per share of our common stock. The potential volatility in the price per
share of our common stock may also make short-selling more attractive, which could put additional downward pressure on the price of our
common stock.
Furthermore, the reverse stock split may result in some shareholders owning “odd lots” of less than one hundred shares of our common
stock on a post-split basis. Odd lots may be more difficult to sell, or require greater transaction costs per share to sell, than shares in “round lots”
of even multiples of one hundred shares
If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade
our common stock and warrants, the price of our common stock and warrants could decline.
The trading market for our common stock and warrants relies in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about
us and our business. We do not control these analysts. The price of our common stock and warrants could decline if one or more equity analyst
downgrades our stock or if analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our
business.
We have not paid dividends on our common stock in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Any return on
investment may be limited to the value of our common stock.
We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The
payment of dividends on our common stock will depend on our earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting
us at such time as the Board of Directors may consider the payment of any such dividends. If we do not pay dividends, our common stock may
be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if the price of our common stock appreciates.
27
We need additional capital, and the sale of additional shares of common stock or other equity securities could result in additional dilution
to our stockholders.
Our current cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to meet our cash needs. We require
additional cash resources to fund our operations and may require additional funds in the future due to changed business conditions or other future
developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. The sale of additional equity securities, or debt securities
convertible into equity securities, could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased
debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations.
Our Articles of Incorporation allows our Board of Directors to issue up to 2,500,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock.
Our Articles of Incorporation allows our Board of Directors to issue up to 2,500,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, without
action by our stockholders. We have designated 800,000 shares as Class A Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 454,750 shares are issued and
outstanding at March 31, 2015 and 585,000 shares as Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 161,709 shares are issued and outstanding
as of March 31, 2015. Accordingly, the Board of Directors will have discretion to issue up to 1,115,000 shares on terms determined by them.
Without limiting the foregoing, (i) such shares of preferred stock could have liquidation rights that are senior to the liquidation preference
applicable to our common stock and Preferred Stock, (ii) such shares of preferred stock could have voting or conversion rights, which could
adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock and Preferred Stock and (iii) the ownership interest of holders of our
common stock will be diluted following the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock. In addition the issuance of such shares of blank check
preferred stock could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control of our Company.
Provisions in our bylaws and Nevada law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our Company or changes in our
management and, as a result, may depress the trading price of our common stock.
Provisions of our bylaws and Nevada law may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that
stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common
stock. The relevant bylaw provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These
provisions include advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations, and the ability of our Board of Directors to make,
alter or repeal our bylaws.
Absent approval of our Board of Directors, our bylaws may only be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a
majority of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote.
In addition, Section 78.438 of the Nevada Revised Statutes prohibits a publicly-held Nevada corporation from engaging in a business
combination with an interested stockholder (generally defined as a person which together with its affiliates owns, or within the last three years
has owned, 10% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested
stockholder) unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
The existence of the foregoing provisions and other potential anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to
pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our Company, thereby reducing the likelihood that
you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.
Even though we are not incorporated in California, we may become subject to a number of provisions of the California General
Corporation Law.
Section 2115(b) of the California Corporations Code imposes certain requirements of California corporate law on corporations organized
outside California that, in general, are doing more than 50% of their business in California and have more than 50% of their outstanding voting
securities held of record by persons residing in California. While we are not currently subject to Section 2115(b), we may become subject to it in
the future.
The following summarizes some of the principal differences which would apply if we become subject to Section 2115(b).
Under both Nevada and California law, cumulative voting for the election of directors is permitted. However, under Nevada law
cumulative voting must be expressly authorized in the Articles of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation do not
authorize cumulative voting. If we become subject to Section 2115(b), we may be required to permit cumulative voting if any stockholder
properly requests to cumulate his or her votes.
28
Under Nevada law, directors may be removed by the stockholders only by the vote of two-thirds of the voting power of the issued and
outstanding stock entitled to vote. However, California law permits the removal of directors by the vote of only a majority of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote. If we become subject to Section 2115(b), the removal of a director may be accomplished by a majority vote, rather than a
vote of two-thirds, of the stockholders entitled to vote.
Under California law, the corporation must take certain steps to be allowed to provide for greater indemnification of its officers and
directors than is provided in the California Corporation Code. If we become subject to Section 2115(b), our ability to indemnify our officers and
directors, to the extent permitted in our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and under Nevada law, may be limited by California law.
Nevada law permits distributions to stockholders as long as, after the distribution, (i) the corporation would be able to pay its debts as they
become due and (ii) the corporation’s total assets are at least equal to its liabilities and preferential dissolution obligations. Under California law,
distributions may be made to stockholders as long as the corporation would be able to pay its debts as they mature and either (i) the corporation’s
retained earnings equal or exceed the amount of the proposed distributions, or (ii) after the distributions, the corporation’s tangible assets are at
least 125% of its liabilities and the corporation’s current assets are at least equal to its current liabilities (or, 125% of its current liabilities if the
corporation’s average operating income for the two most recently completed fiscal years was less than the average of the interest expense of the
corporation for those fiscal years). If we become subject to Section 2115(b), we will have to satisfy more stringent financial requirements to be
able to pay dividends to our stockholders. Additionally, stockholders may be liable to the corporation if we pay dividends in violation of
California law.
California law permits a corporation to provide “supermajority vote” provisions in its Articles of Incorporation, which would require
specific actions to obtain greater than a majority of the votes, but not more than 66 2 / 3 percent. Nevada law does not permit supermajority vote
provisions. If we become subject to Section 2115(b), it is possible that our stockholders would vote to amend our Articles of Incorporation and
require a supermajority vote for us to take specific actions.
Under California law, in a disposition of substantially of all the corporation’s assets, if the acquiring party is in control of or under
common control with the disposing corporation, the principal terms of the sale must be approved by 90 percent of the stockholders. Although
Nevada law does contain certain rules governing interested stockholder business combinations, it does not require similar stockholder approval.
If we become subject to Section 2115(b), we may have to obtain the vote of a greater percentage of the stockholders to approve a sale of our
assets to a party that is in control of, or under common control with, us.
California law places certain additional approval rights in connection with a merger if all of the shares of each class or series of a
corporation are not treated equally or if the surviving or parent party to a merger represents more than 50 percent of the voting power of the other
corporation prior to the merger. Nevada law does not require such approval. If we become subject to Section 2115(b), we may have to obtain the
vote of a greater percentage of the stockholders to approve a merger that treats shares of a class or series differently or where a surviving or
parent party to the merger represents more than 50% of the voting power of the other corporation prior to the merger.
California law requires the vote of each class to approve a reorganization or a conversion of a corporation into another entity. Nevada law
does not require a separate vote for each class. If we become subject to Section 2115(b), we may have to obtain the approval of each class if we
desire to reorganize or convert into another type of entity.
California law provides greater dissenters’ rights to stockholders than Nevada law. If we become subject to Section 2115(b), more
stockholders may be entitled to dissenters’ rights, which may limit our ability to merge with another entity or reorganize.
Our stock is deemed to be penny stock.
Our stock is currently traded on the OTCQB, operated by the OTC Markets Group, Inc., and is subject to the “penny stock rules” adopted
pursuant to Section 15(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The penny stock rules apply to companies
not listed on a national exchange whose common stock trades at less than $5.00 per share or which have tangible net worth of less than
$5,000,000 ($2,000,000 if the company has been operating for three or more years). Such rules require, among other things, that brokers who
trade “penny stock” to persons other than “established customers” complete certain documentation, make suitability inquiries of investors and
provide investors with certain information concerning trading in the security, including a risk disclosure document and quote information under
certain circumstances. Penny stocks sold in violation of the applicable rules may entitle the buyer of the stock to rescind the sale and receive a
full refund from the broker.
29
Many brokers have decided not to trade “penny stock” because of the requirements of the penny stock rules and, as a result, the number of
broker-dealers willing to act as market makers in such securities is limited. In the event that we remain subject to the “penny stock rules” for any
significant period, there may develop an adverse impact on the market, if any, for our securities. Because our securities are subject to the “penny
stock rules,” investors will find it more difficult to dispose of our securities. Further, for companies whose securities are traded in the OTC
Bulletin Board, it is more difficult: (i) to obtain accurate quotations, (ii) to obtain coverage for significant news events because major wire
services, such as the Dow Jones News Service, generally do not publish press releases about such companies, and (iii) to obtain needed capital.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our
financial results, and current and potential stockholders may lose confidence in our financial reporting.
We are required by the SEC to establish and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting that provides reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. We are likewise required, on a quarterly basis, to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls and to disclose any changes and
material weaknesses in those internal controls.
As described in Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2015, no material weaknesses were identified
and we determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2015.
Any failure to maintain such internal controls in the future could adversely impact our ability to report our financial results on a timely and
accurate basis. If our financial statements are not accurate, investors may not have a complete understanding of our operations. Likewise, if our
financial statements are not filed on a timely basis as required by the SEC and the OTC Bulletin Board, we could face severe consequences from
those authorities. In either case, there could result a material adverse effect on our business. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors
to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.
Our publicly-filed SEC reports are reviewed by the SEC from time to time and any significant changes required as a result of any such
review may result in material liability to us and have a material adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock.
The reports of publicly-traded companies are subject to review by the SEC from time to time for the purpose of assisting companies in
complying with applicable disclosure requirements and to enhance the overall effectiveness of companies’ public filings, and reviews of such
reports are now required at least every three years under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. SEC reviews may be initiated at any time, and we
could be required to modify or reformulate information contained in prior filings as a result of an SEC review. Any modification or
reformulation of information contained in such reports could be significant and could result in material liability to us and have a material adverse
impact on the trading price of our common stock.
The requirements of being a U.S. public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.
As a U.S. public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank
Act, certain listing requirements, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase
our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, or costly, and increase demand on our systems
and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual and current reports with respect to our business and operating
results. As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial
condition is more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such
claims are successful, our business and operating results could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our
favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert resources of our management and harm our business and
operating results.
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. Properties
We do not own real property. We currently lease one facility, with approximately 12,000 square feet of corporate, research and
development, and warehouse facilities, located in Lake Forest, California under an operating lease expiring June 30, 2015, which we do not
intend to renew. In May 2015, we amended the lease to convert to a month-to-month basis, commencing July 1, 2015. The base rent will be
$9,500 and either party will have the right to cancel this month-to-month agreement by giving the other party a minimum of a 90-day prior
written notice. We are currently exploring other facilities to meet our growing demands. The lease agreement contains certain scheduled rent
increases, which are accounted for on a straight-line basis.
30
The Company currently makes base lease payments of approximately $8,900 per month, due at the beginning of each month. We believe
that these facilities are adequate, suitable and of sufficient capacity to support our immediate needs. Additional space may be required, however,
as we expand our research and development, manufacturing and selling and marketing activities.
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings
In the ordinary course of business, we are at times subject to various legal proceedings and disputes, including product liability claims. We
currently are not aware of any such legal proceedings or claim that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse
effect on our business, operating results or cash flows. It is our practice to accrue for open claims based on our historical experience and
available insurance coverage.
ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable
PART II
ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Common Stock
As of May 8, 2015 there were 5,025,577 shares of common stock outstanding and 228 stockholders of record. On May 8, 2015, the closing
sale price of our common stock was $7.68 per share. Cryoport completed a 1-for-12 reverse stock split in May 2015. All common stock and per-
share information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K reflect such reverse stock split.
Market Information
Our common stock is traded on the OTCQB, operated by the OTC Markets Group, Inc. under the symbol “CYRX”. The high and low
closing sale prices of our common stock reported by OTCQB during each quarter ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
Year 2015:
Fourth Quarter Ended March 31, 2015
Third Quarter Ended December 31, 2014
Second Quarter Ended September 30, 2014
First Quarter Ended June 30, 2014
Year 2014:
Fourth Quarter Ended March 31, 2014
Third Quarter Ended December 31, 2013
Second Quarter Ended September 30, 2013
First Quarter Ended June 30, 2013
Dividends
High
Low
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
8.64 $
5.76 $
5.88 $
6.36 $
6.84 $
6.60 $
6.24 $
6.72 $
4.56
4.32
4.80
4.20
4.08
3.60
2.76
1.92
No dividends on common stock have been declared or paid by the Company. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had cumulative,
undeclared dividends that have not been accrued related to its outstanding preferred stock of $305,300. The Company intends to employ all
available funds for the development of its business and, accordingly, does not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation
The information included under Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report is hereby incorporated by reference into this Item 5 of Part II of
this Annual Report.
Recent Sale of Unregistered Securities
The following is a summary of transactions by the Company during period covered by this report involving the issuance and sale of the
Company’s securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and that have not previously
been included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or in a Current Report on Form 8-K. All securities sold by the Company were sold to
individuals, trusts or others who were accredited investors as defined under Regulation D under the Securities Act.
31
Between February 19, 2015 and March 31, 2015, the Company conducted a private placement pursuant to which the Company sold and
issued an aggregate of 161,709 shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 107,806 shares of common stock at
$12.00 per unit, for gross proceeds of $1.9 million. Emergent Financial Group, Inc. served as the Company’s placement agent in this transaction
and received a commission of 10% and a non-accountable finance fee of 3% of the aggregate gross proceeds received from the investors, plus
reimbursement of up to $5,000 of legal expenses. Emergent Financial Group, Inc. will also be issued a warrant to purchase 0.25 shares of
common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share for each share of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock issued in this transaction.
In January 2015, we issued 1,667 shares of restricted common stock to a consultant in exchange for services. The Company recognized
$8,400 in expense related to these shares for the year ended March 31, 2015.
Between December 2014 and February 2015, we issued 2014 Series Secured Promissory Notes (the “7% Bridge Notes”) in the aggregate
original principal amount of $915,000. The 7% Bridge Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7% per annum. All principal and interest is due on July
1, 2015 unless we elect to extend the maturity date to January 1, 2016 by providing written notice to the note holders and a warrant to purchase a
number of shares of common stock equal to (a) the then outstanding principal balance of the note, divided by (b) $6.00 multiplied by 125%. In
connection with the issuance of the notes, we issued the note holders warrants to purchase 190,625 shares of common stock at an exercise price
of $6.00 per share. The warrants are exercisable on May 31, 2015 and expire on November 20, 2021. All unpaid principal and interest was repaid
in April 2015.
In February 2015, the Company conducted a private placement pursuant to which the Company sold and issued an aggregate of 11,862
shares of Class A Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 7,908 shares of common stock, at $12.00 per unit, for gross proceeds of
$142,400. Emergent Financial Group, Inc. served as the Company’s placement agent in this transaction and received a commission of 3% and a
non-accountable finance fee of 1% of such proceeds, and with respect to gross proceeds received from all other investors, a commission of 10%
and a non-accountable finance fee of 3% of the aggregate gross proceeds received from such investors, plus reimbursement of legal expenses of
up to $40,000. Emergent Financial Group, Inc. will also be issued a warrant to purchase 0.25 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$6.00 per share for each share of Class A Convertible Preferred Stock issued in this transaction.
The issuance of the securities of the Company in the above transaction were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities
Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof or Regulation D promulgated there under, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. With
respect to the transaction listed above, no general solicitation was made by either the Company or any person acting on the Company’s behalf;
the securities sold are subject to transfer restrictions; and the certificates for the shares contain an appropriate legend stating that such securities
have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold absent registration or pursuant to an exemption therefrom.
ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data
The following selected financial data has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for each of the five
years in the period ended March 31, 2015. You should read the following financial information together with the information under
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of our future financial
condition or results of operations.
Statement of Operations Data:
2015
Years ended March 31,
2013
2014
(In thousands, except per share data)
2012
Revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross margin (loss)
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Loss from operations
Debt conversion expense
Interest income
Interest expense
$
3,935 $
2,766
1,169
6,409
353
(5,593 )
—
—
(1,428 )
32
2,660 $
2,223
437
5,106
409
(5,078 )
(13,714 )
—
(784 )
1,101 $
1,588
(487 )
5,412
425
(6,324 )
—
—
(72 )
556 $
1,392
(836 )
6,106
492
(7,434 )
—
12
(528 )
2011
476
1,303
(827 )
4,321
449
(5,597 )
—
16
(619 )
Statement of Operations Data:
2015
2014
Years ended March 31,
2013
(In thousands, except per share data)
2012
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Other expense, net
Loss before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net loss
Preferred stock beneficial conversion charge
Undeclared cumulative preferred dividends
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
Net loss per share attributable to common
stockholders — basic and diluted
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital (deficit)
Total assets
Convertible notes and accrued interest, net
Long term obligations, less current portion
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
$
$
$
—
(4 )
(7,025 )
2
(7,027 )
(4,864 )
(306 )
(12,197 ) $
21
(8 )
(19,563 )
2
(19,565 )
—
—
(19,565 ) $
16
—
(6,380 )
2
(6,382 )
—
—
(6,382 ) $
119
—
(7,831 )
2
(7,833 )
—
—
(7,833 ) $
2011
50
—
(6,150 )
2
(6,152 )
—
—
(6,152 )
(2.44 ) $
(4.81 ) $
(2.03 ) $
(3.24 ) $
(5.55 )
2015
2014
As of March 31,
2013
(In thousands)
2012
2011
1,405 $
(835 )
2,607
—
26
(416 )
370 $
(2,903 )
1,710
1,622
—
(2,304 )
563 $
(1,539 )
1,756
1,304
1,322
(2,063 )
4,618 $
4,024
6,214
338
1,375
3,730
9,278
6,760
11,031
2,401
1,423
5,948
ITEM 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These statements
are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such
forward-looking statements. For a detailed discussion of these risks and uncertainties, see the “Risk Factors” section in Item 1A of Part I of this
Form 10-K. We caution the reader not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only
as of the date of this Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring
after the date of this Form 10-K.
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to
those statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
General Overview
We provide cryogenic logistics solutions to the life sciences industry through a combination of purpose-built proprietary packaging,
information technology and specialized cold chain logistics knowhow. We view our solutions as disruptive to the “older technologies” of dry ice
and liquid nitrogen, in that our solutions are comprehensive and combine our competencies in configurations that are customized to our client’s
requirements. We provide comprehensive, reliable, economic alternatives to all existing logistics solutions and services utilized for frozen
shipping in the life sciences industry (e.g., personalized medicine, cell therapies, stem cells, cell lines, vaccines, diagnostic materials, semen,
eggs, embryos, cord blood, bio-pharmaceuticals, infectious substances, and other commodities that require continuous exposure to cryogenic or
frozen temperatures). As part of our services, we provide the ability to monitor, record and archive crucial information for each shipment that
can be used for scientific and regulatory purposes.
Our Cryoport Express ® Solutions include a sophisticated cloud-based logistics operating platform, which is branded as the Cryoportal™.
The Cryoportal™ supports the management of the entire shipment and logistics process through a single interface, including initial order input,
document preparation, customs clearance, courier management, shipment tracking, issue resolution, and delivery. In addition, it provides unique
and incisive information dashboards and validation documentation for every shipment. The Cryoportal™ records and retains a fully documented
“chain-of-custody” and, at the client’s option, “chain-of-condition” for every shipment, helping ensure that quality, safety, efficacy, and stability
of shipped commodities are maintained throughout the process. This recorded and archived information allows our clients to meet exacting
requirements necessary for scientific work and for proof of regulatory compliance during the logistics phase.
33
The branded packaging for our Cryoport Express ® Solutions includes our liquid nitrogen dry vapor shippers, the Cryoport Express ®
Shippers. The Cryoport Express ® Shippers are cost-effective and reusable cryogenic transport containers (our standard shipper is a patented
vacuum flask) utilizing an innovative application of “dry vapor” liquid nitrogen (“LN2”) technology. Cryoport Express ® Shippers are
International Air Transport Association (“IATA”) certified and validated to maintain stable temperatures of minus 150° C and below for a 10-
day dynamic shipment period. The Company currently features three Cryoport Express ® Shippers: the Standard Dry Shipper (holding up to 75
2.0 ml vials), the High Volume Dry Shipper (holding up to 500 2.0 ml vials) and the recently introduced Cryoport Express ® CXVC1 Shipper
(holding up to 1,500 2.0 ml vials). In addition, we assist clients with internal secondary packaging as well (e.g., vials, canes, straws, plates, etc.)
Our most used solution is the “turnkey” solution, which can be accessed directly through our cloud-based Cryoportal™ or by contacting
Cryoport Client Care for order entry. Once an order is placed and cleared, we ship a fully charged Cryoport Express ® Shipper to the client who
conveniently loads its frozen commodity into the inner chamber of the Cryoport Express ® Shipper . The customer then closes the shipper
package and reseals the shipping box displaying the next recipient’s address (“Flap A”) for pre-arranged carrier pick up. Cryoport arranges for
the pick-up of the parcel by a shipping service provider, which is designated by the client or chosen by Cryoport, for delivery to the client’s
intended recipient. The recipient simply opens the shipper package and removes the frozen commodity that has been shipped. The recipient
then reseals the package, displaying the nearest Cryoport Operations Center address (“Flap B”), making it ready for pre-arranged carrier pick-up.
The When the Cryoport Operations Center receives the Cryoport Express ® Shipper, it is cleaned, put through quality assurance testing, and
returned to inventory for reuse.
In late 2012, we shifted our focus to become a comprehensive cryogenic logistics solutions provider. Recognizing that clients in the life
sciences industry have varying requirements, we unbundled our technologies, establishing customer facing solutions and taking a consultative
approach to the market. Today, in addition to our standard “Turn-key Solution,” described above, we also provide the following customer facing,
value-added solutions to address our various clients’ needs:
•
•
•
•
•
•
“ Customer Staged Solution ,” designed for clients making 50 or more shipments per month. Under this solution, we supply an inventory of
our Cryoport Express ® Shippers to our customer, in an uncharged state, enabling our customer (after training/certification) to charge them
with liquid nitrogen and use our Cryoportal™ to enter orders with shipping and delivery service providers for the transportation of the
package. Once the order is released, our customer services professionals monitor the shipment and the return of the shipper to us for
cleaning, quality assurance testing and reuse.
“ Customer Managed Solution ,” a limited customer implemented solution whereby we supply our Cryoport Express ® Shippers to clients
in a fully charged state, but leaving it to the client to manage the shipping, including the selection of the shipping and delivery service
provider and the return of the shipper to us. .
“ powered by Cryoport SM ,” available to providers of shipping and delivery services who seek to offer a “branded” cryogenic logistics
solution as part of their service offerings, with “ powered by Cryoport SM ” appearing prominently on the offering software interface and
packaging. This solution can also be private labeled upon meeting certain requirements, such as minimum required shipping volumes.
“ Integrated Solution, ” which is our outsource solution. It is our most comprehensive solution and involves our management of the entire
cryogenic logistics process for our client, including Cryoport employees at the client’s site to manage the client’s cryogenic logistics
function in total.
“ Regenerative Medicine Point-of-Care Repository Solution, ” designed for allogeneic therapies. In this model we supply our Cryoport
Express ® Shipper to ship and store cryogenically preserved life science products for up to 6 days (or longer periods with supplementary
shippers) at a point-of-care site, with the Cryoport Express ® Shipper serving as a temporary freezer/repository enabling the efficient and
effective distribution of temperature sensitive allogeneic cell-based therapies without the expense, inconvenience, and potential costly
failure of an on-sight, cryopreservation device. Our customer service professionals monitor each shipment throughout the predetermined
process including the return of the shipper to us. When the Cryoport Operations Center receives the Cryoport Express ® Shipper package it
is cleaned, put through quality assurance testing, and returned to inventory for reuse.
“ Personalized Medicine and Cell-based Immunotherapy Solution, ” designed for autologous therapies. In this model our Cryoport
Express ® Shipper serves as an enabling technology for the safe transportation of manufactured autologous cellular-based immunotherapy
market by providing a comprehensive logistics solution for the verified chain of custody and condition transport from, (a) the collection of
the patient’s cells in a hospital setting, to (b) a central processing facility where they are manufactured into a personalized medicine, to (c)
the safe, cryogenically preserved return of these irreplaceable cells to a point-of-care treatment facility. If required, the Cryoport Express ®
Shipper can then serve as a temporary freezer/repository to allow the efficient distribution of this personalized medicine to the patient when
and where the medical provider needs it most without the expense, inconvenience, and potential costly failure of an on-sight,
cryopreservation device. Our customer services professionals monitor each shipment throughout the predetermined process, including the
return of the shipper to us. When the Cryoport Operations Center receives the Cryoport Express ® Shipper package it is cleaned, put through
quality assurance testing, and returned to inventory for reuse.
34
Strategic Logistics Alliances
We have sought to establish strategic alliances as a method of marketing our solutions providing minus 150° C shipping conditions to the
life sciences industry. We have focused our efforts on leading companies in the logistics services industry as well as participants in the life
sciences industry. In connection with our alliances with providers of shipping services, we refer to their respective offerings as “ powered by
Cryoport SM ” to reflect our solutions being integrated into our alliance partner’s services.
Cryoport now serves and supports the three largest integrators in the world, responsible for over 85% of worldwide airfreight, with its
advanced cryogenic logistics solutions for life sciences. We operate with each independently and confidentially in support of their respective
market and sales strategies. We maintain our independent partnerships with strict confidentiality guidelines within the Company. These
agreements represent a significant validation of our solutions and the way we conduct our business.
FedEx. In January 2013, we entered into a master agreement with Federal Express Corporation (“FedEx”) (the “FedEx Agreement”)
renewing these services and providing FedEx with a non-exclusive license and right to use a customized version of our Cryoportal TM for the
management of shipments made by FedEx customers. The FedEx Agreement became effective on January 1, 2013 and, unless sooner terminated
as provided in the FedEx Agreement, expires on December 31, 2015. FedEx has the right to terminate this agreement at any time for
convenience upon 180 days’ notice.
Under our FedEx Agreement, we provide frozen shipping logistics services through the combination of our purpose-built proprietary
technologies and turnkey management processes. FedEx markets and sells Cryoport’s services for frozen temperature-controlled cold chain
transportation as its FedEx ® Deep Frozen Shipping Solution on a non-exclusive basis and at its sole expense. During fiscal year 2013, the
Company worked closely with FedEx to further align its sales efforts and accelerate penetration within FedEx’s life sciences customer base
through improved processes, sales incentives, joint customer calls and more frequent communication at the sales and executive level. In addition,
FedEx has developed a FedEx branded version of the Cryoportal TM software platform, which is “ powered by Cryoport SM ” for use by FedEx
and its customers giving them access to the full capabilities of our cloud-based logistics management software platform.
DHL. In June 2014, we entered into a master agreement with LifeConEx, a part of DHL Global Forwarding (“DHL”). This relationship
with DHL is a further implementation of the Company’s expansion of distribution partnerships under the “ powered by Cryoport SM ” model
described above, allowing us to expand our sales and marketing reach through our partners and build awareness of the benefits of our validated
cryogenic solution offerings. DHL can now enhance and supplement its cold chain logistics offerings to its life sciences and healthcare
customers with Cryoport’s validated cryogenic solutions. DHL added 15 additional certified Life Sciences stations in the second quarter of 2014
bringing the Thermonet network to 60 stations in operation. Over the course of rolling out our new relationship, this expanded network will offer
Cryoport’s cryogenic solutions under the DHL brands as “ powered by Cryoport SM ”. In addition, DHL’s customers will be able to have direct
access to our cloud-based order entry and tracking portal to order Cryoport Express ® Solutions and receive preferred DHL shipping rates and
discounts. Our proprietary logistics management operating platform, the Cryoportal TM , is integrated with DHL’s tracking and billing systems to
provide DHL life sciences and healthcare customers with a seamless way of accessing critical information regarding shipments of biological
material worldwide.
UPS. In October 2014, we added United Parcel Services, Inc. (“UPS”) as our third major distributor by entering into an agreement with
UPS Oasis Supply Corporation, a part of UPS, whereby UPS will offer our validated and comprehensive cryogenic solutions to its life sciences
and healthcare customers on a global basis. This relationship with UPS is a further implementation of the Company’s expansion of distributors
under the “ powered by Cryoport SM ” model described above, allowing us to further expand our sales and marketing reach through our partners
and build awareness of the benefits of our validated cryogenic solution offerings through UPS.
Over the course of rolling out our new relationship with UPS, UPS customers will have direct access to our cloud-based order entry and
tracking portal to order Cryoport Express ® Solutions and gain access to UPS’s broad array of domestic and international shipping and logistics
solutions at competitive prices. Our proprietary logistics management operating platform, the Cryoportal TM , is integrated with UPS’s tracking
and billing systems to provide UPS life sciences and healthcare customers with a seamless way of accessing critical information regarding
shipments of biological material worldwide.
35
These agreements the three largest integrators in the world represent a significant validation of our solutions and the way we conduct our
business.
Life Sciences Agreements
Zoetis. In December 2012, we signed an agreement with Pfizer Inc. relating to Zoetis Inc. (formerly the animal health business unit of
Pfizer Inc.) pursuant to which we were engaged to manage frozen shipments of a key poultry vaccine. Under this arrangement, Cryoport
provides on-site logistics personnel and its logistics management operating platform, the Cryoportal TM to manage shipments from the Zoetis
manufacturing site in the United States to domestic customers as well as various international distribution centers. As part of our logistics
management services, Cryoport is constantly analyzing logistics data and processes to further introduce economies and reliability throughout the
network, ensuring products arrive at their destinations in specified conditions, on-time and with the optimum utilization of resources. The
Company manages Zoetis’ total fleet of dewar flask shippers used for this purpose, including liquid nitrogen shippers. In July 2013 the
agreement was amended to expand Cryoport’s scope to manage all logistics of Zoetis’ key frozen poultry vaccine to all Zoetis’ international
distribution centers as well as all domestic shipments. In October 2013, the agreement was further amended to further expand Cryoport’s role to
include the logistics management for a second poultry vaccine.
Liventa Biosciences. In February 2014, we entered into a services agreement with Liventa Bioscience, Inc. (“Liventa”), a privately-held,
commercial stage biotechnology company focused on cell-based biologics in the orthopedic industry. Under this agreement, Liventa will use
Cryoport’s Regenerative Medicine Point-of-Care Repository Solution for the logistics of its cell-based therapies requiring cryogenic
temperatures and also provide Cryoport Express ® Solutions to other biologics suppliers within the orthopedic arena. The agreement combines
Cryoport’s proprietary, purpose-built cold chain logistics solutions for cell-based and advanced biologic tissue forms with Liventa’s distribution
capability to orthopedic care providers. The implementation of Cryoport’s Regenerative Medicine Point-of-Care Repository Solution will
eliminate the risks of degradation and also eliminate the need for expensive onsite cryogenic freezers for storage of cell-based orthopedic
therapies. This will enable Liventa to confidently serve orthopedic practices, surgical centers, pain clinics, hospitals and, eventually, pharmacies
and specialty care providers. The agreement has an initial three-year term and may be renewed for consecutive three-year terms, unless earlier
terminated by either party. Liventa also agreed to certain performance criteria and the issuance of 150,000 shares of its common stock to
Cryoport in exchange for an opportunity for the exclusive right to offer, market and promote Cryoport Express ® Solutions for cellular-based
therapies requiring cryogenic temperatures for use in the orthopedic arena in the United States.
In summary, we serve the life sciences industry with cryogenic logistics solutions that are advanced, comprehensive, reliable, validated,
and efficient. Our clients include those companies and institutions that have logistics requirements for personalized medicine, immunotherapies,
stem cells, cell lines, tissue, vaccines, in-vitro fertilization, cord blood, and other temperature sensitive commodities of life sciences.
Going Concern
As reported in the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to our March 31, 2015 and 2014 consolidated financial
statements, we have incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. These factors, among others, raise
substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
We expect to continue to incur substantial additional operating losses from costs related to the commercialization of our Cryoport Express
® Solutions and do not expect that revenues from operations will be sufficient to satisfy our funding requirements in the near term. We believe
that our cash resources at March 31, 2015, and funds currently being raised through a Class B convertible preferred stock offering together with
the revenues generated from our services will be sufficient to sustain our planned operations into the third quarter of fiscal year 2016; however,
we must obtain additional capital to fund operations thereafter and for the achievement of sustained profitable operations. These factors raise
substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We are currently working on funding alternatives in order to secure sufficient
operating capital to allow us to continue to operate as a going concern.
Future capital requirements will depend upon many factors, including the success of our commercialization efforts and the level of
customer adoption of our Cryoport Express ® Solutions as well as our ability to establish additional collaborative arrangements. We cannot make
any assurances that the sales ramp will lead to achievement of sustained profitable operations or that any additional financing will be completed
on a timely basis on acceptable terms or at all. Management’s inability to successfully achieve significant revenue increases or its cost reduction
strategies or to complete any other financing will adversely impact our ability to continue as a going concern. To address this issue, the Company
is seeking additional capitalization to properly fund our efforts to become a self-sustaining financially viable entity.
36
While we increased revenue year-over-year by 48% to $3.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, our revenue is still
significantly lower than our operating expenses during the year and we have no assurance of the level of future revenues. We incurred a net loss
of $7.0 million and used cash of $4.1 million in our operating activities during the year ended March 31, 2015. We had negative working capital
of $835,000 and had cash and cash equivalents of $1.4 million at March 31, 2015.
We are currently funding our operations through a preferred stock offering (see Note 11 in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements) and plan to raise additional funds through additional debt or equity offerings to cover general working capital needs and sales and
marketing initiatives to expand our customer base and increase sales. There is no assurance that funds can be secured or if these funds would
allow us to continue our operations until more significant revenues can be generated or more funding can be secured. These matters raise
substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
Recent Developments
The Board of Directors authorized the twelve to one reverse stock split that became effective on May 19, 2015. All prior periods
presented in this Report have been adjusted to reflect the twelve to one reverse stock split. Financial information updated by this capital change
includes earnings per common share, dividends per common share, stock price per common share, weighted average common shares,
outstanding common shares, treasury shares, common stock, additional paid-in capital, and share-based compensation.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of March 31, 2015, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $1.4 million and negative working capital of $835,000. Historically,
we have financed our operations primarily through sales of our debt and equity securities.
For the year ended March 31, 2015, we used $4.1 million of cash for operations primarily as a result of the net loss of $7.0 million offset
by non-cash expenses of $2.5 million primarily comprised of amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs, stock-based
compensation expense, and depreciation and amortization. Also contributing to the cash impact of our net operating loss (excluding non-cash
items) was an increase in accounts receivable of $76,600 due to increased revenues.
Net cash used in investing activities of $70,100 during the year ended March 31, 2015 was primarily due to the purchase of the recently
introduced Cryoport Express ® CXVC1 Shippers (holding up to fifteen hundred 2.0 ml vials).
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $5.2 million during the year ended March 31, 2015, and resulted from net proceeds from
the issuance of convertible preferred stock of $4.6 million, proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants of $92,600 and proceeds of
$915,000 from notes payable, partially offset by the repayment of notes payable of $173,600, convertible debentures of $50,000, offering and
financing costs of $30,000 and the repayment of related-party notes of $128,000.
As discussed in Note 2 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements, there exists substantial doubt regarding the Company’s
ability to continue as a going concern. The Company received gross proceeds of $3.5 million (approximately $2.9 million after offering costs) in
exchange for the issuance of 291,142 shares of Class A convertible preferred stock and $1.9 million (approximately $1.7 million after offering
costs) in exchange for the issuance of 161,709 shares of Class B convertible preferred stock during fiscal 2015 which is further described in Note
11 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and proceeds of $915,000 from the 7% Bridge Notes (see Note 7). The funds raised
are being used for working capital purposes and to continue our sales efforts to advance the Company’s commercialization of the Cryoport
Express ® Solutions.
The Company’s management recognizes that the Company will need to obtain additional capital to fund its operations until sustained
profitable operations are achieved. Management is currently working on such funding alternatives in order to secure sufficient operating capital
through the end of fiscal year 2016. Additional funding plans may include obtaining additional capital through equity and/or debt funding
sources. The Company currently anticipates that it will continue to raise additional capital to fund its short term operating expenses pursuant to
private placements similar to private placements the Company has conducted in the past. The Company also anticipates seeking to raise up to
$15 million pursuant to a public offering of its common stock and warrants to provide working capital and to support the Company’s anticipated
operations and development plans. No assurance can be given that additional capital, if needed, will be available when required or upon terms
acceptable to the Company.
In addition, management will continue to review its operations for further cost reductions to extend the time that the Company can operate
with its current cash on hand and additional bridge financing and to utilize third parties for services such as its international recycling and
refurbishment centers to provide for greater flexibility in aligning operational expenses with the changes in sales volumes.
37
Results of Operations
Results of Operations for Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
The following table summarizes certain information derived from our consolidated statements of operations:
Revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross margin
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Debt conversion expense
Interest expense
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Other expense
Provision for income taxes
Year Ended March 31,
2015
2014
$ Change % Change
($ in 000’s)
$
3,935 $
(2,766 )
2,660 $
(2,223 )
1,275
(543 )
47.9 %
24.4 %
1,169
(6,409 )
(353 )
—
(1,428 )
—
(4 )
(2 )
437
(5,106 )
(409 )
(13,714 )
(784 )
21
(8 )
(2 )
732
(1,303 )
56
13,714
(644 )
(21 )
4
—
167.5 %
25.5 %
(13.8 )%
(100 )%
82.0 %
(100 )%
(47.2 )%
—
Net loss
$
(7,027 ) $
(19,565 ) $
12,538
(64.1 )%
Revenues . We generated revenues from customers in all of our target life sciences markets, such as biotech and diagnostic companies,
pharmaceutical companies, central laboratories, contract research organizations, the reproductive medicine market/in vitro fertilization market,
and research institutions. Net revenues increased $1.3 million or 47.9% for the year ended March 31, 2015 as compared to the prior year. This
increase is primarily driven by an overall increase in the number of customers utilizing our services and frequency of shipments compared to the
prior year, an increase in revenues in the reproductive medicine market and the ramp up and expansion of logistics services provided to Zoetis.
Revenues in the reproductive medicine market increased by 59% over the prior year to $924,300 for the year ended March 31, 2015, driven by
continued success of our telemarketing activities, email and other targeted campaigns and in increased awareness of our cryogenic logistics
solutions in this market. Our revenues from Zoetis were $893,200 for the year ended March 31, 2015, representing a 9% increase over the prior
year. This is reflective of the expansion of our services, both domestically and globally, provided to Zoetis for a primary poultry vaccine, and the
addition of logistics management for a second vaccine that was introduced to the market during the fourth calendar quarter of 2013.
Gross margin and cost of revenues . Gross margins for the year ended March 31, 2015 was 29.7% of revenues, as compared to 16.4% of
revenues for the prior year. The increase in gross margin is primarily due to the increase in net revenue combined with a reduction in freight as a
percentage of revenues and a decrease of fixed manufacturing costs. Cost of revenues for the year ended March 31, 2015 was 70.3% of revenues,
as compared to 83.6% of revenues for the prior year. Our cost of revenues are primarily comprised of freight charges, payroll and related
expenses related to our operations center in California, third-party charges for our European and Asian operations centers in Holland and
Singapore, depreciation expenses of our Cryoport Express® Shippers and supplies and consumables used for our solutions. The increase in cost
of revenues is primarily due to freight charges from the growth in shipments.
Selling, general and administrative expenses . Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.3 million, or 25.5% for the year
ended March 31, 2015 as compared to the prior year. This increase is primarily due to salaries and recruiting fees incurred to expand our sales
force, the engagement of an investor relations firm and related activities, equity based compensation charges, public company related expenses
including legal, SOX and financial reporting expenses and banking charges as a result of the higher business volume.
Research and development expenses . Research and development expenses decreased $56,500 or 13.8% for the year ended March 31,
2015, as compared to the prior year. Our research and development efforts are focused on continually improving the features of the Cryoport
Express ® Solutions including the Company’s cloud-based logistics management platform, the Cryoportal TM , the Cryoport Express ® Shippers
and development of additional accessories to facilitate the efficient shipment of life science commodities using our solution. We use an outside
software development company and other third parties to provide some of these services. Research and development expenses to date have
consisted primarily of costs associated with the continually improving the features of the Cryoport Express ® Solution including the web based
customer service portal and the Cryoport Express ® Shippers. Further, these efforts are expected to lead to the introduction of shippers of varying
sizes based on market requirements, constructed of lower cost materials and utilizing high volume manufacturing methods that will make it
practical to provide the cryogenic packages offered by the Cryoport Express ® Solution. Other research and development effort has been directed
toward improvements to the liquid nitrogen retention system to render it more reliable in the general shipping environment and to the design of
the outer packaging. Alternative phase change materials in place of liquid nitrogen may be used to increase the potential markets these shippers
can serve such as ambient and 2°- 8°C markets.
38
Debt conversion expense. Debt conversion expense for the year ended March 31, 2014 of $13.7 million was related to the induced
conversion of $4.1 million of aggregate principal and accrued interest from the convertible bridge notes into shares of common stock and
warrants. Debt conversion expense represents the fair value of the securities transferred in excess of the fair value of the securities issuable upon
the original conversion terms of the bridge notes. The Company calculated the fair value of the common stock issued by using the closing price
of the stock on the date of issuance. The fair value of the warrants was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
Interest expense . Interest expense increased $643,600 for the year ended March 31, 2015, as compared to the prior year. Interest expense
included amortization of the debt discount and deferred financing fees of approximately $1.1 million, of which $826,900 related to the fair value
of the beneficial conversion feature of the 5% Bridge Notes that was triggered by the convertible preferred stock offering, interest expense on
our 5% Bridge Notes of approximately $10,600, accrued interest on our related-party notes payable of approximately $33,500, amortization of
the debt discount on the 7% Bridge Notes of $237,500 and related interest expense of $15,500. Interest expense for the year ended March 31,
2014 included amortization of the debt discount and deferred financing fees of approximately $678,900, interest expense on our bridge notes of
approximately $71,600 and accrued interest on our related party notes payable of approximately $36,500.
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities . The warrants classified as derivative liabilities expired in April 2014. The gain on the
change in fair value of derivative liabilities was $20,800 for the year ended March 31, 2014 as a result of a decrease in the value of our warrant
derivatives, due primarily to a decrease in our stock price.
Other expense, net . The other expense, net for the year ended March 31, 2015 is primarily due to administrative charges and foreign
exchange losses on accounts receivable and payable invoices.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements within the meaning of Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2015, and the effects such obligations are expected to have on
liquidity and cash flow in future periods ($ in ‘000’s):
Contractual obligations
Operating lease obligations (1)
Notes payable (2)
Other obligations (3)
Total
Total
Less than
1 Year
1-3 Years
4-5 Years
After
5 Years
$
$
38 $
757
1,263
2,058 $
27 $
757
1,237
2,021 $
11 $
—
26
37 $
— $
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
(1) The operating lease obligations are primarily related to the facility lease for our principal executive office in Lake Forest, California,
which expires June 30, 2015. In May 2015, we amended the lease to convert to a month-to-month basis, commencing July 1, 2015. The
base rent will be $9,500 and either party will have the right to cancel this month-to-month agreement by giving the other party a minimum
of a 90-day prior written notice. We also lease certain office equipment.
(2) Notes payable represent secured convertible promissory notes and accrued interest at 7% per annum which were issued in December 2014
through February 2015 to certain accredited investors pursuant to the terms of subscription agreements and letters of investment intent. All
principal and accrued interest is due July 1, 2015. All unpaid principal and interest was paid in April 2015.
(3) Other long-term obligations represent outstanding unsecured indebtedness and accrued interest owed to five related parties which bear
interest at the rate of 6% per annum. The unpaid principal and accrued interest is due at maturity on various dates through May 1, 2016.
39
Impact of Inflation
From time to time, Cryoport experiences price increases from third party manufacturers and these increases cannot always be passed on to
Cryoport’s customers. While these price increases have not had a material impact on Cryoport’s historical operations or profitability in the past,
they could affect revenues in the future.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial
statements, which have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., or GAAP. The preparation of
these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,
revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities reported in our consolidated financial statements. The
estimation process requires assumptions to be made about future events and conditions, and is consequently inherently subjective and uncertain.
Actual results could differ materially from our estimates.
The SEC defines critical accounting policies as those that are, in management’s view, most important to the portrayal of our financial
condition and results of operations and most demanding of our judgment. We consider the following policies to be critical to an understanding of
our consolidated financial statements and the uncertainties associated with the complex judgments made by us that could impact our results of
operations, financial position and cash flows. See Note 2: “ Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ” of our accompanying consolidated
financial statements for a description of our critical accounting policies and estimates.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2: “ Recent Accounting Pronouncements ” of our accompanying consolidated financial statements for a description of recent
accounting pronouncements that may have a significant impact on our financial reporting and our expectations of their impact on our results of
operations and financial condition.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Changes in United States interest rates would affect the interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents.
Based on our overall cash and cash equivalents interest rate exposure at March 31, 2015, a near-term change in interest rates, based on
historical movements, would not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.
We have operated primarily in the United States. Accordingly, we have not had any significant exposure to foreign currency rate
fluctuations.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Our annual consolidated financial statements are included in Item 15 of this report.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The term “disclosure controls and procedures” (defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange
Act”) refers to the controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a
company in the reports that it files under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the required time periods.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we have
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as of March 31, 2015. Based
on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective
as of March 31, 2015 to ensure the timely disclosure of required information in our Securities and Exchange Commission filings.
Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, the design of
any system of control is based upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will
succeed in achieving its stated goals under all future events, no matter how remote. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial
reporting can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.
40
(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting .
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting which appears on the following page is incorporated herein by this
reference.
(c) Changes in internal control over financial reporting
During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board, Mr. Jerrell W. Shelton, the company’s
President and Chief Executive Officer, was awarded an option to purchase 387,500 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price
equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant, or $4.80 per share, on December 18, 2014, of which 262,500
shares were not granted pursuant to any of the Company’s equity incentive plans. The option vests in monthly over four years and expires
December 17, 2024. The foregoing description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the option agreement, which is attached as Exhibit 10.42
to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.
41
CRYOPORT, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for
the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and procedures that:
•
•
•
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the
Company’s assets;
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the
Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the
Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In connection with the preparation of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements, management of the Company has
undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in Internal
Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“the COSO
Framework”). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and
testing of the operational effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Based on this assessment, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
March 31, 2015.
By:
By:
/s/ JERRELL W. SHELTON
Jerrell W. Shelton,
Chief Executive Officer and Director
/s/ ROBERT STEFANOVICH
Robert Stefanovich,
Chief Financial Officer
May 19, 2015
42
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
PART III
The information required under this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement related to our 2015 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders, or the Proxy Statement, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, on or before July 31, 2015.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
None.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Executive Officers of the Company
The Company’s current executive officers are as follows:
Jerrell W. Shelton, age 69, became President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company on November 5, 2012. He served on the Board
of Directors and standing committees of Solera Holdings, Inc. from April 2007 through November 2011. From June 2004 to May 2006,
Mr. Shelton was the Chairman and CEO of Wellness, Inc., a provider of advanced, integrated hospital and clinical environments. Prior to that, he
served as CEO of IBM’s WebFountain. From October 1998 to October 1999, Mr. Shelton was Chairman, President and CEO of NDC Holdings
II, Inc. Between October 1996 and July 1998, he was President and CEO of Continental Graphics Holdings, Inc. and from October 1991 to July
1996, Mr. Shelton served as President and CEO of Thomson Business Information Group. Mr. Shelton has a B.S. in Business Administration
from the University of Tennessee and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. Mr. Shelton currently serves on the Advisory Board of Directors and
the Nominating and Stewardship committee of the Smithsonian Institution Libraries.
Robert S. Stefanovich, age 50, became Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Corporate Secretary for the Company on June 27, 2011
following the Company’s filing of its Form 10–K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. From June 15, 2012 to November 4, 2012, Mr.
Stefanovich served as the Principal Executive Officer of the Company. From November 2007 through March 2011, Mr. Stefanovich served as
Chief Financial Officer of Novalar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a venture-backed specialty pharmaceutical company. Prior to that, he held several
senior positions, including interim Chief Financial Officer of Xcorporeal, Inc., a publicly traded medical device company, Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Artemis International Solutions Corporation, a publicly traded software company, Chief Financial
Officer and Secretary of Aethlon Medical Inc., a publicly traded medical device company and Vice President of Administration at SAIC, a
Fortune 500 company. Mr. Stefanovich also served as a member of the Software Advisory Group and an Audit Manager with Price Waterhouse
LLP’s (now PricewaterhouseCoopers) hi-tech practice in San Jose, CA and Frankfurt, Germany. He currently also serves as a board member of
Project InVision International, a provider of business performance improvement solutions. He received his Masters of Business Administration
and Engineering from University of Darmstadt, Germany.
The following table contains information with respect to the compensation for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 of our chief
executive officer, chief financial officer and former chief executive officer. We refer to the executive officers identified in this table as our
“Named Executive Officers.”
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
Name and Principal Position
Jerrell W. Shelton
President and Chief Executive Officer
Robert S. Stefanovich
Chief Financial Officer
Fiscal
Year
2015
2014
2015
2014
Salary (1)
($)
300,000 (3)
300,000 (3)
225,000 (3)
225,000 (3)
Bonus
($)
—
—
—
—
Option
Awards (4)
($)
1,625,913 (2)
930,358 (2)
307,695 (5)
201,028 (5)
All Other
Compensation
($)
Total
Compensation
($)
—
—
—
—
1, 925,913
1,230,358
532,695
426,028
(1) This column represents salary as of the last payroll period prior to or immediately after March 31 of each fiscal year.
(2) This amount represents the fair value of all options granted to Mr. Shelton as compensation for services as a director and officer of the
Company during fiscal year 2015 and 2014. Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board,
on December 18, 2014 and June 28, 2013, Mr. Shelton was granted an option to purchase 387,500 and 325,209 shares, respectively, of
common stock in connection with his engagement as Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
(3) This amount represents the annual base salary paid.
43
(4) This column represents the total grant date fair value of all stock options granted in fiscal 2015 and the Company’s fiscal year ended
March 31, 2014. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting
conditions. For information on the valuation assumptions with respect to the grants made in fiscal 2015 and 2014, refer to Note 2 “
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(5) This amount represents the fair value of all options granted to Mr. Stefanovich as compensation for services during fiscal 2015 and
2015. Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board, on December 18, 2014 and June 28,
2013, 2012 Mr. Stefanovich was granted an option to purchase 73,334 and 69,918 shares of common stock, respectively. The exercise
price of the options are equal to the fair value of the Company’s stock as of the grant date.
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
Employment Contracts
Jerrell W. Shelton
On November 5, 2012, the Company entered into an employment agreement (the “Initial Agreement”) with Mr. Shelton with respect to his
employment as President and Chief Executive Officer. The Initial Agreement provided a term of six months. The Initial Agreement provided an
initial annual base salary of $300,000 during the Term.
In addition, on the date of the Initial Agreement, Mr. Shelton was awarded two options giving him the right to acquire an aggregate of
137,500 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of
the Agreement, or $2.40 per share. The aggregate number of shares was determined by dividing $350,000 by the closing price of the Company’s
common stock on the date of the Agreement, or $2.40 per share, and subtracting 8,334 shares, which is the number of shares of common stock
that Mr. Shelton was given the right to purchase pursuant to the option that was issued to him in connection with his appointment to the Board of
Directors on October 22, 2012. The first option issued in connection with the Agreement was issued under the Company’s 2011 Stock Incentive
Plan and provides Mr. Shelton the right to purchase 54,167 shares of the common stock of the Company, which is the maximum that may be
awarded to Mr. Shelton in this fiscal year under such plan. Mr. Shelton subsequently exercised 54,167 of these shares in May and November
2013. The second option provided Mr. Shelton the right to purchase 83,334 shares of common stock of the Company and was granted outside of
the Company’s incentive plans. The options vest in six equal monthly installments during the Term and expire at the earlier of (a) ten years from
the date of the Agreement, and (b) five (5) years from the date of the resignation and/or removal of the Mr. Shelton as a member of the Board of
Directors of the Company.
On June 28, 2013, after the expiration of the Initial Agreement, the Company entered into a new employment agreement (the
“Agreement”) with Mr. Shelton with respect to his employment as President and Chief Executive Officer. The Agreement is effective through
May 14, 2017 (the “Term”).
The Agreement provides an initial annual base salary of $300,000 during the Term. In addition, on the date of the Agreement, Mr.
Shelton was awarded options giving him the right to acquire an aggregate of 325,209 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise
price equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the Agreement, or $3.24 per share, and such options were granted
outside of the Company’s incentive plans. The option vests immediately with respect to 13,551 shares and the remaining right to purchase the
remaining shares vests in equal monthly installments on the fifth day of each month for forty six months beginning on July 5, 2013 and ending
on May 5, 2017. Provided that such vesting will be accelerated on the date that the Company files a Form 10-Q or Form 10-K indicating an
income from operations for the Company in two consecutive fiscal quarters and immediately in the event of a change of control of the Company.
The options expire at the earlier of (a) ten years from the date of the Agreement, and (b) twenty four (24) months from the date of the
resignation and/or removal of the Mr. Shelton as Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
Mr. Shelton has agreed during the Term and for a period of one year following the termination of the Agreement, not to solicit, induce,
entice or attempt to solicit, induce, or entice any employee of the Company to leave employment with the Company. Payments due to
Mr. Shelton upon a termination of his employment agreement are described below.
44
Robert S. Stefanovich
Although the Company does not have a written employment agreement with Mr. Stefanovich, pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, the
Company has agreed to pay Mr. Stefanovich an annual base salary of $225,000 per year. In addition, he is eligible for an incentive bonus
targeted at 25% of his annual base salary. Mr. Stefanovich is eligible to participate in all employee benefits plans or arrangements which may be
offered by the Company during the term of his agreement. The Company shall pay the cost of Mr. Stefanovich’s health insurance coverage in
accordance with the Company’s plans and policies while he is an employee of the Company. Mr. Stefanovich is also eligible for fifteen (15) paid
time off days a year, and is entitled to receive fringe benefits ordinarily and customarily provided by the Company to its senior officers.
Payments due to Mr. Stefanovich upon a termination of his employment agreement with the Company are described below.
The Company has no other employment agreements with executive officers of the Company as of March 31, 2015.
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END 2015
The following table shows information regarding unexercised stock options held by our Named Executive Officers as of fiscal year ended
March 31, 2015:
Name
Jerrell W. Shelton
Robert Stefanovich
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
Option
Expiration
Date
$
—
—
$
169,380 (3) $
363,280 (4) $
1,302 (5) $
3,334 (6) $
1,875 (7) $
39,328 (8) $
68,750 (9) $
2.28
2.40
3.24
4.80
10.32
5.16
5.16
3.24
4.80
10/22/22
11/5/22
6/28/23
12/18/24
6/20/21
8/3/22
8/3/22
6/28/23
12/18/24
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
8,334 (1)
83,334 (2)
155,829 (3)
24,220 (4)
9,115 (5)
—(6)
3,125 (7)
30,590 (8)
4,584 (9)
(1) Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board, Mr. Shelton was granted an option to purchase
8,334 shares of common stock exercisable at $2.28 per share on October 22, 2012 upon joining the board of directors. Options vests in
twelve equal monthly installments. The exercise price for shares of common stock pursuant to the options is equal to the fair value of the
Company’s stock as of the grant date.
(2) Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board, Mr. Shelton was granted an option to purchase
137,500 shares of common stock exercisable at $2.40 per share on November 5, 2012, which vests in six equal monthly installments. 54,166
of these options were issued under the 2011 stock option plan and exercised in May and November 2013 and 83,884 were issued outside of
a plan. The exercise price for shares of common stock pursuant to the option is equal to the fair value of the Company’s stock as of the grant
date.
(3) Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board, Mr. Shelton was granted an option to purchase
325,209 shares of common stock exercisable at $3.24 per share on June 28, 2013. The option vests 2/48 th immediately with the remainder
vesting 1/48 th per month for 46 months. The exercise price for the shares of common stock pursuant to the option is equal to the fair value
of the Company’s stock on the date of grant.
(4) Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board, Mr. Shelton was granted an option to purchase
387,500 shares of common stock exercisable at $4.80 per share on December 18, 2014. The option vests in monthly installments over a four
year period, 262,500 shares were issued outside of a plan. The exercise price for the shares of common stock pursuant to the option is equal
to the fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant.
(5) Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board, Mr. Stefanovich was granted an option to
purchase 10,417 shares of common stock exercisable at $10.32 per share on June 20, 2011. The option vests in six month installments over a
four year period. The exercise price for the shares of common stock pursuant to the option is equal to the fair value of the Company’s stock
on the date of grant.
45
(6) Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board, Mr. Stefanovich was granted an option to
purchase 3,334 shares of common stock exercisable at $5.16 per share on August 3, 2012. The option vests based on certain performance
criteria. The exercise price for the shares of common stock pursuant to the option is equal to the fair value of the Company’s stock on the
date of grant
(7) Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board, Mr. Stefanovich was granted an option to
purchase 5,000 shares of common stock exercisable at $5.16 per share on August 3, 2012. The option vests in six month installments over a
four year period. The exercise price for the shares of common stock pursuant to the option is equal to the fair value of the Company’s stock
on the date of grant
(8) Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board, Mr. Stefanovich was granted an option to
purchase 69,918 shares of common stock exercisable at $3.24 per share on June 28, 2013. The options vest in equal monthly installments
over four years. The exercise price for the shares of common stock pursuant to the option is equal to the fair value of the Company’s stock
on the date of grant.
(9) Based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board, Mr. Stefanovich was granted an option to
purchase 73,334 shares of common stock exercisable at $4.80 per share on December 18, 2014. The options vest in equal monthly
installments over four years. The exercise price for the shares of common stock pursuant to the option is equal to the fair value of the
Company’s stock on the date of grant.
Potential Payments On Termination Or Change In Control
Pursuant to Mr. Shelton’s employment agreement, if Mr. Shelton terminates the Agreement, dies, or is terminated for “Cause” (as defined
in the agreement), he will be entitled to all compensation and benefits that he earned through the date of termination. If he is terminated for
Cause, the Company may, to the extent allowed by law, set off losses, fines or damages that he has caused as a result of his misconduct. If he is
terminated “without cause” (as defined in the agreement), he will be entitled to a continuation of his base salary for three months following
termination and one half of unvested options as of date of termination shall become fully vested. In the event the Company terminates his
employment, except if for “Cause” (as defined in the agreement), within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control (as defined in the
Cryoport, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan), then, Mr. Shelton will be entitled to: (i) the continuation of his base salary for twelve (12) months
following the date of termination, which shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s ordinary payroll practices in effect from time to time,
and which shall begin on the first payroll period immediately following the date on which the general release and waiver becomes irrevocable;
and (ii) all options previously granted to Mr. Shelton will become fully vested and exercisable as of the date of termination.
Pursuant to Mr. Stefanovich’s employment offer, in the event that Mr. Stefanovich’s employment with the Company is terminated as a
result of a “change of control,” as is defined in the Company’s 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, he will be entitled to receive a severance payment
equal to twelve months of his base salary, continuation of health benefits for a period of twelve months, and the unvested portion of his stock
option grants immediately shall vest in full. Separately, in the event his employment is terminated by the Company for reasons other than cause,
Mr. Stefanovich will be entitled to receive a severance payment equal to six months of his base salary plus continuation of health benefits for a
period of six months.
The 2002 Plan, 2009 Plan and 2011 Plan each provide that in the event of a “change of control,” the applicable option agreement may
provide that such options or shares will become fully vested and may be immediately exercised by the person who holds the option, at the
discretion of the board.
The Company does not provide any additional payments to named executive officers upon their resignation, termination, retirement, or
upon a change of control.
Change in Control Agreements
There are no understandings, arrangements or agreements known by management at this time which would result in a change in control of
the Company or any subsidiary.
Compensation for the Board is governed by the Company’s Compensation Committee.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
46
Director Fees
Effective May 3, 2012 through December 31, 2014, the cash compensation that each non-employee director was paid $40,000 annually,
except for the non-employee Chairman of the Board who was paid $56,000 annually. In addition, each non-employee director who served as
Chairman of one or more Board Committees was paid additional cash compensation of $8,000 annually for all Committee Chairmanships.
Effective January 1, 2015, the compensation plan for non-employee directors was changed as follows:
Director fees will be paid in cash, restricted shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination thereof, at the option of the director.
Option 1: Cash compensation of $40,000, paid quarterly;
Option 2: Cash compensation of $13,000, paid quarterly and $27,000 converted into common stock using the volume weighted average
price (VWAP) of the stock for the last five days of the trading month ending each quarter, plus an annual grant of options, on the date of the
Company’s annual meeting, to purchase 16,667 shares of the Company’s common stock; or
Option 3: No cash compensation but $40,000 converted into common stock using the volume weighted average price (VWAP) of the stock
for the last five days of the trading month ending each quarter and paid quarterly. This option carries a 15% premium, as there is no cash outlay
to the Company. The calculation would be $40,000 X 1.15 = $46,000 / VWAP.
In addition to the compensation options above the following compensation applies to non-employee directors chairing a Board committee.
This compensation will be paid on the same basis as the Director chose from the options described above:
Chairman/Lead Director
Audit Committee
Compensation Committee
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Director Stock Option Grants
$
$
$
$
25,000
20,000
10,000
10,000
Annual awards were granted at the shareholders meeting on September 6, 2013. Mr. Rathmann and Mr. Wasserman were each granted an
option to purchase 6,667 and 4,167 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $4.56 per share.
On September 13, 2013, Mr. Zecchini was granted an option to purchase 8,334 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise
price of $4.80 per share when he joined the board.
On June 16, 2014, Dr. Mandalam was granted an option to purchase 8,334 shares of the Company’s common stock, with an exercise price
of $5.40 per share when he joined the board.
Annual awards were granted at the shareholders meeting on August 29, 2014. Mr. Rathmann, Mr. Zecchini and Mr. Mandalam were each
granted an option to purchase 6,667, 4,167 and 4,167 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $5.04 per
share.
On December 18, 2014, Mr. Rathmann, Mr. Zecchini and Mr. Mandalam were each granted an option to purchase 17,500, 10,834 and
10,834 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $4.80 per share.
On January 12, 2015, Mr. Berman was granted an option to purchase 16,667 shares of the Company’s common stock, with an exercise
price of $4.56 per share when he joined the board.
The following table sets forth the director compensation of the non-employee directors of the Company during fiscal 2015.
Name
Richard Rathmann
Stephen Wasserman (3)
Ramkumar Mandalam(4)
Edward Zecchini
Richard Berman (5)
Fees Earned
Or Paid in
Cash
($)(1)
66,688
20,000
31,667
48,500
20,125
Stock
Awards
($)
Option
Awards
($)(2)
All Other
Compensation
($)
Total
($)
—
—
—
—
—
101,921
—
101,708
63,264
64,287
—
—
—
—
—
168,609
20,000
133,375
111,764
84,412
47
(1) Fees earned or paid in cash as shown in this schedule represent payments and accruals for directors’ services earned during fiscal 2015.
(2) This column represents the total grant date fair value of all stock options granted in fiscal 2015. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown
exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. For information on the valuation assumptions with
respect to the grants made in fiscal 2015, refer to Note 2 “ Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements.
(3) Mr. Stephen Wasserman served as director of the Company through the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders on August 29, 2014.
(4) Dr. Ramkumar Mandalam became a member of the Board in June 2014.
(5) Mr. Richard Berman became a member of the Board in January 2015.
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
The Audit Committee of the Board has furnished the following report on the Company’s audit procedures and its relationship with its
independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal 2015.
The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed with the Company’s management the audited consolidated financial statements. The Audit
Committee has also discussed with KMJ Corbin & Company LLP the matters required to be discussed by Auditing Standards No. 61, as
amended (AICPA Professional Standards, Vol. 1, AU Section 380), as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in Rule
3200T which includes, among other items, matters related to the conduct of the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KMJ Corbin & Company LLP, also provided to the Audit Committee the
written disclosures and the letter required by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) Ethics and Independence Rules and
Standards as adopted by the PCAOB, and the Audit Committee discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm that firm’s
independence.
Based on the review and discussions referred to above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that the audited consolidated
financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report Form 10-K for fiscal 2015 filed with the SEC.
Audit Committee
Richard Berman (Chairman)
Richard Rathmann
Edward Zecchini
Pursuant to Instruction 1 to Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K, the information set forth under “Audit Committee Report” shall not be deemed
to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, other than as provided in Item 407 of Regulation S-
K, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically request that the information be treated as
soliciting material or specifically incorporate it by reference into a document filed under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Such
information will not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent we
specifically incorporate it by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock as of May 8, 2015, by
each person or group of affiliated persons known to the Company to beneficially own 5% or more of its common stock, each director, each
named executive officer, and all of its directors and named executive officers as a group. As of May 8, 2015, there were 5,025,577 shares of
common stock outstanding. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Cryoport, Inc., 20382 Barents
Sea Circle, Lake Forest, CA 92630.
48
The following table gives effect to the shares of common stock issuable within 60 days of May 8, 2015, upon the exercise of all options and
other rights beneficially owned by the indicated stockholders on that date. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole
voting and sole investment control with respect to all shares beneficially owned.
Beneficial Owner
Executive Officers and Directors:
Jerrell W. Shelton
Robert S. Stefanovich
Richard Rathmann
Edward Zecchini
Ramkumar Mandalam Ph.D.
Richard Berman
All directors and named executive officers as a group (6 persons)
Other Stockholders:
Cranshire Capital Master Fund(3)
Total for all Directors, Executive Officers and Other Stockholders
* Represents less than 1%
Number of Shares
of Preferred Stock
Beneficially Owned
Number of Shares
of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned(2)
Percentage of Shares
of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned (6)
15,481
13,543 (4)
1,667 (5)
436,648 (1)
60,063 (1)
386,117 (1)
13,334 (1)
13,334 (1)
11,286 (1)
920,782 (1)
287,469 (1)
1,208,251
8.1 %
1.2 %
7.4 %
*
*
*
16.1 %
5.4 %
20.1 %
(1) Includes shares which individuals shown above have the right to acquire as of May 8, 2015, or within 60 days thereafter, pursuant to
outstanding stock options and/or warrants as follows: Mr. Shelton—379,445 shares; Mr. Stefanovich—60,063 shares; Mr. Rathmann—
225,832 of which 65,568 are individually owned by Mr. Rathmann and 160,264 are owned by GBR Investments,LLC of which Mr.
Rathmann is the manager; Mr. Zecchini—13,334; Dr. Mandalam—13,334 shares; Mr. Berman—7,118 shares; Cranshire Capital—287,469
shares.
(2) The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rule, beneficial ownership
includes any shares as to which the selling security holder has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any shares which
the selling security holder has the right to acquire within 60 days.
(3) Cranshire Capital Master Fund, Ltd. address is 3100 Dundee Road, Suite 703, Northbrook, IL 60062.
(4) GBR Investments, LLC of which Mr. Rathmann is the manager.
(5) Mrs. Richard Berman, spouse of Mr. Berman.
(6) Includes preferred stock converted on 2.5-to-1 basis.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
We currently maintain three equity compensation plans, referred to as the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), the 2009 Stock
Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”) and the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”). Our Compensation Committee is responsible for making,
reviewing and recommending grants of options and other awards under these plans which are approved by the Board.
The 2002 Plan, which was approved by our stockholders in October 2002, allows for the grant of options to purchase up to 41,667 shares
of the Company’s common stock. The 2002 Plan provides for the granting of options to purchase shares of our common stock at prices not less
than the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant and generally expire 10 years after the date of grant. The stock options are subject to
vesting requirements, generally three or four years. The 2002 Plan also provides for the granting of restricted shares of common stock subject to
vesting requirements. As of June 30, 2013, no shares are available for future issuances as the 2002 Plan has expired.
49
The 2009 Plan, which was approved by our stockholders at our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 9, 2009, provides
for the grant of stock-based incentives. The 2009 Plan allows for the grant of up to 100,000 shares of our common stock for awards to our
officers, directors, employees and consultants. The 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options,
restricted stock rights, restricted stock, performance share units, performance shares, performance cash awards, stock appreciation rights, and
stock grant awards. The 2009 Plan also permits the grant of awards that qualify for the “performance-based compensation” exception to the
$1,000,000 limitation on the deduction of compensation imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. As of May 8, 2015, a total of 25,314 shares of
our common stock remained available for future grants under the 2009 Plan.
The 2011 Plan, as amended, which was approved by our stockholders at our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on September 22,
2011 and, with respect to the amendments, at our 2012, 2013, and 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on September 13, 2012,
September 6, 2013 and August 29, 2014, respectively, provides for the grant of stock-based incentives. The 2011 Plan allows for the grant of up
to 1,158,334 shares of our common stock for awards to our officers, directors, employees and consultants. The 2011 Plan provides for the grant
of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock rights, restricted stock, performance share units, performance shares,
performance cash awards, stock appreciation rights, and stock grant awards. The 2011 Plan also permits the grant of awards that qualify for the
“performance-based compensation” exception to the $1,000,000 limitation on the deduction of compensation imposed by Section 162(m) of the
Code. Awards may be granted under the 2011 Plan until September 21, 2021 or until all shares available for Awards under the 2011 Plan have
been purchased or acquired unless the stockholders of the Company vote to approve an extension of the 2011 Plan prior to such expiration date.
As of May 8, 2015, a total of 30,190 shares remained available for future grants under the 2011 Plan.
In addition to the stock options issued pursuant to the Company’s three stock incentive plans, the Company has granted warrants to
employees, officers, non-employee directors and consultants. The warrants are generally not subject to vesting requirements and have ten-year
terms.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table sets forth certain information as of March 31, 2015 concerning the Company’s common stock that may be issued upon
the exercise of options or warrants or pursuant to purchases of stock under the 2002 Plan, the 2009 Plan, the 2011 Plan and other stock based
compensation:
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders(1)
(a)
Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon the
Exercise of
Outstanding Options
and Warrants
(b)
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options and
Warrants
(c)
Available for Future
Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column (a))
182,796
N/A
5.16
6.36
1,027,564 $
788,086 $
1,815,650
182,796
(1) During November 5, 2012 through December 18, 2014, a total of 766,181options outstanding were granted to employees outside of an
option plan of which 671,043 shares were issued to Mr. Shelton. In the past the Company has issued warrants to purchase 27,285 shares
of common stock in exchange for services provided to the Company, of which warrants to purchase 21,905 shares of common stock are
outstanding and expire through June 2019. The exercise prices ranged from $33.60 to $129.60 and generally vested upon issuance.
Fifteen consultants and former officers and directors received warrants to purchase 27,285 shares of common stock in this manner.
The table above excludes options to purchase 465,625 and 20,834 shares of common stock granted on May 7, 2015 to employees and
members of the board of director’s, respectively, with an exercise price of $7.80 per share, of which 355,000 shares were issued outside of a
plan. The exercise price for the shares of common stock pursuant to the option is equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock
on the date of grant.
50
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The Company has established policies and other procedures regarding approval of transactions between the Company and any employee,
officer, director, and certain of their family members and other related persons, including those required to be reported under Item 404 of
Regulation S-K. These policies and procedures are generally not in writing, but are evidenced by long standing principles set forth in our Code
of Conduct or adhered to by our Board. As set forth in the Audit Committee Charter, the Audit Committee reviews and approves all related-party
transactions after reviewing such transaction for potential conflicts of interests and improprieties. Accordingly, all such related-party transactions
are submitted to the Audit Committee for ongoing review and oversight. Generally speaking, we enter into related-party transactions only on
terms that we believe are at least as favorable to our company as those that we could obtain from an unrelated third party.
The following related-party transaction were approved or ratified by at least two independent directors and future material affiliated
transactions will be approved by a majority of the independent directors who do not have an interest in the transaction and who had access, at the
issuer’s expense, to issuer’s or independent legal counsel.
On May 9, 2013, Richard Rathmann, Director, invested $100,000 in the Bridge Notes offered by the Company to certain accredited
investors. For information on terms related to the Bridge Notes, refer to Note 8 “Convertible Debentures Payable” in the Company’s Form 10-K
for the period ended March 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on June 25, 2013. In addition, on July 12, 2013, GBR Investments, LLC, invested
$100,000 in the Bridge Notes offered by the Company to certain accredited investors and also received a warrant to purchase 33,334 shares of
common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share, pursuant to the terms of such offering. Richard Rathmann is the Manager of GBR
investments, LLC and is considered an indirect beneficial owner of these securities.
During the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company issued to certain accredited investors various unsecured promissory notes with the
terms as described under Note 8 in the accompanying March 31, 2015 consolidated financial statements. These unsecured promissory notes
included $120,000 of the 5% Bridge Notes issued to Jerrell Shelton, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, $100,000 of the Bridge Notes
issued to Richard Rathmann, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, $200,000 of the Bridge Notes and $100,000 of the 5% Bridge
Notes issued to GBR Investments, LLC, of which Richard Rathmann, is the manager. In May 2014, both note holders elected to convert all
principal and interest into a newly established Class A Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase common stock of Cryoport as
further described in Note 11 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. In November 2014, both Mr. Shelton and GBR Investments,
LLC participated in the Class A convertible preferred stock offering and the Company issued 4,167 shares of Class A convertible preferred stock
each in exchange for an aggregate amount of $100,000.
As of March 31, 2015, we had an aggregate principal balance of $1.3 million, in unsecured indebtedness owed to five related parties,
including four former members of the Board of Directors, representing working capital advances made to us from February 2001 through March
2005. Accrued interest related to these notes amounted to $4,600 as of March 31, 2015.
In March 2015, we entered into definitive agreements relating to the exchange or amendment of the notes evidencing such working capital
advances. Three of the notes issued to Patrick Mullins, M.D., Maryl Petreccia and Jeffrey Dell, M.D., which as of March 31, 2015 had
outstanding principal balances of $448,200, $266,700 and $208,900, respectively, were amended and the holders received warrants for the
purchase 37,347, 22,224, and 17,412 shares, respectively, of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share, exercisable on March 2,
2015 and expiring on March 1, 2020, and warrants to purchase 834, 417, and 417 shares, respectively, of the our common stock, exercisable on
March 2, 2015 and expiring on March 1, 2020, to reimburse the three note holders for any fees or other expenses incurred in connection with this
transaction. The notes, as amended, require interest payments on a calendar quarterly basis and all outstanding principal and accrued interest on
the maturity date, which is the earlier to occur of (i) March 1, 2016, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or (iii) the merger,
consolidation or other similar reorganization of the Company or an affiliate of our Company with another entity. Under the terms of such note,
upon the closing of a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at
least $5,000,000 of gross cash proceeds to the Company for the sale of shares of Common Stock or includes the sale of shares of Common Stock
among the sale of other securities, the holder has the option to convert into the securities issued in such offering at a twenty percent (20%) to the
price per share (or per unit, if applicable) of the securities issued by the Company in such offering. The securities issued to the holder upon
conversion will be restricted securities.
One note issued to Raymond Takahashi, M.D., was exchanged for (i) a new convertible promissory note with an original principal amount
equal to the outstanding principal and interest of the original note, and (ii) a warrant to purchase 1,490 shares of the Company’s common stock at
an exercise price of $6.00 per share, exercisable on February 20, 2015 and expiring on February 19, 2018. The new note, which as of March 31,
2015 had an outstanding principal balance of $35,800, requires interest payments on a calendar quarterly basis and all outstanding principal and
accrued interest on the maturity date, which is March 1, 2016. Under the terms of such note, upon the closing of a public offering pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $5,000,000 of gross cash proceeds to the
Company for the sale of shares of Common Stock or includes the sale of shares of Common Stock among the sale of other securities, the holder
has the option to convert into the securities issued in such offering at a twenty percent (20%) to the price per share (or per unit, if applicable) of
the securities issued by the Company in such offering. The securities issued to the holder upon conversion will be restricted securities.
51
One note issued to Marc Grossman, M.D., which as of March 31, 2015 had an outstanding principal balance of $298,500, as amended,
now provides for interest at a rate of 6% per annum commencing on March 13, 2015; however, no interest payments will be due if no event of
default occurs and if the Company (i) complies with its regular payment obligations, reimburses the payee for attorneys’ fees in connection with
the negotiation of the Note Amendment, up to a maximum amount of $1,000, on the later of (A) March 13, 2015, or (B) three (3) days after
receiving written notice from the payee of the amount of attorneys’ fees incurred by payee, and (iii) the Company immediately pays all unpaid
amounts due and payable in full before the earlier of May 1, 2016 or at the same time that payee(s) of any other promissory note(s) with the
Company that were issued in 2005 are paid in full before May 1, 2016, other than (Y) notes that are satisfied upon conversion into common
stock, warrants or any other equity of the Company, or (Z) notes that have been paid in full before March 2, 2015. All principal and interest
under the Original Note, as amended by the Note Amendment, will be due and shall be paid on May 1, 2016. The note requires monthly
payments of $20,000, except for the month of June 2015, where the monthly payment is $72,000.
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a
registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file with the SEC reports of beneficial ownership and reports of changes in beneficial
ownership in the Company’s securities. Such directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders are also required to furnish the Company with
copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.
Based solely on a review of the copies of such forms received by it, the Company believes that during fiscal 2015, all Section 16(a) filings
applicable to its directors, officers, and 10% stockholders were filed on a timely basis, except that Jerrell Shelton had two late reports for two
transactions, Richard Rathmann had two late reports for three transactions, Mandalam Ramkumar Ph.D. had two late reports for three
transactions, Robert Stefanovich had one late report for one transaction, Ed Zecchini had one late report for two transactions.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms Fees
The following table shows the fees that were billed to us for the audit and other services provided by KMJ Corbin & Company LLP (“KMJ”)
for the Company’s fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014.
Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees
Tax Fees
2015
2014
$
$
76,300 $
19,775
9,275
105,350 $
69,325
—
7,100
76,425
The fees billed to us by KMJ during or related to the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 consist of audit fees, audit-related fees
and tax fees, as follows:
Audit Fees . Represents the aggregate fees billed to us for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual consolidated financial
statements and for the reviews of our consolidated financial statements included in our Form 10-Q filings for each fiscal quarter.
Audit-Related Fees. Represents the aggregate fees billed to us for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the
performance of the audit and review of our consolidated financial statements that are not already reported in Audit Fees. These services include
accounting consultations and attestation services that are not required by statute such as S-1 and S-8 filings.
Tax Fees. Represents the aggregate fees billed to us for professional services rendered for tax returns, compliance and tax advice.
All Other Fees. We did not incur any other fees to KMJ during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014.
52
Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Fees
The Audit Committee must pre-approve all services to be performed for us by our independent auditors. Pre-approval is granted usually at
regularly scheduled meetings of the Audit Committee. If unanticipated items arise between regularly scheduled meetings of the Audit
Committee, the Audit Committee has delegated authority to the chairman of the Audit Committee to pre-approve services, in which case the
chairman communicates such pre-approval to the full Audit Committee at its next meeting. The Audit Committee also may approve the
additional unanticipated services by either convening a special meeting or acting by unanimous written consent. During the fiscal years ended
March 31, 2015 and 2014, all services billed by KMJ were pre-approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with this policy.
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements:
PART IV
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules: All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required
information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.
(a)(3) Exhibits.
Exhibit
No.
Exhibits
Description
3.1
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2012.
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K dated October 23, 2012.
3.3
Cryoport Systems, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan adopted by the Board of Directors on October 1, 2002. Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 3.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A2 dated January 26, 2006.
3.4
Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation of Class A Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 26, 2015.
3.5
Certificate of Designation of Class B Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K dated February 20, 2015.
3.6
Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Class B Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Amendment No. 1 to
Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated April 17, 2015 and referred to as Exhibit 3.6.
3.7+
Certificate of Change filed with the Nevada Secretary of State on May 12, 2015.
4.1
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated September 28, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration
Statement on Form SB-2 dated November 9, 2007.
4.2
Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
June 9, 2008.
4.3
Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
June 9, 2008.
53
Exhibit
No.
Description
4.4
Form of Warrant and Warrant Certificate in connection with the February 25, 2010 public offering. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1/A Registration Statement dated February 9, 2010.
4.5
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement in connection with the August to October 2010 private placement. Incorporated by
reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 19, 2010.
4.6
Form of First Amendment to Security Purchase Agreement in connection with the August to October 2010 private placement.
Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 19, 2010.
4.7
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement (Continuation of the Placement) in connection with the August to October 2010 private
placement. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 19, 2010.
4.8
Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the August to October 2010 private placement. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 19, 2010.
4.9
Form of Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the August to October 2010 private placement. Incorporated
by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 19, 2010.
4.10
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement in connection with the February 2011 private placement. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated April 1, 2011.
4.11
Form of Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the February 2011 private placement. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated April 1, 2011.
4.12
Form of Warrant in connection with the August to October 2010 private placement. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated April 22, 2011.
4.13
Form of Warrant in connection with the February 2011 private placement. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration
Statement on Form S-1/A dated April 22, 2011.
4.14
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC
on February 24, 2012.
4.15
Form of Registration Rights Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC
on February 24, 2012.
4.16
4.17
Form of Warrant. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012.
Form of Warrant issued with Convertible Promissory Notes. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.20 of Cryoport’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013.
4.18
Form of Warrant issued upon Conversion of Convertible Promissory Notes. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 of
Cryoport’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013.
4.19
Form of Warrant Issued to Placement Agents. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 of Cryoport’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013.
4.20
Form of Warrant issued with Convertible Promissory Notes (5% Bridge Notes). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 of
Cryoport’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended December 31, 2013.
4.21
Form of Warrant issued in connection with the May 2014 private placement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 of
Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2014.
4.22
Warrant to Purchase Common Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
December 9, 2014.
54
Exhibit
No.
Description
4.23
Warrant to Purchase Common Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
February 20, 2015.
4.24
Form of Warrant issued in connection with the Exchange and Investment Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2015.
4.25
Form of March Warrant issued in connection with the Investment Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2015.
4.26
Form of March Fee Warrant issued in connection with the Investment Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2015.
10.1.1
Commercial Promissory Note between Cryoport, Inc. and D. Petreccia executed on August 26, 2005. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A4 dated February 23, 2006.
10.1.2
Commercial Promissory Note between Cryoport, Inc. and J. Dell executed on September 1, 2005. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A4 dated February 23, 2006.
10.1.3
Commercial Promissory Note between Cryoport, Inc. and P. Mullens executed on September 2, 2005. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A4 dated February 23, 2006.
10.1.4
Commercial Promissory Note between Cryoport, Inc. and R. Takahashi executed on August 25, 2005. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A4 dated February 23, 2006.
10.2.1
Lease Agreement dated June 26, 2007 between CryoPort, Inc. and Viking Investors—Barents Sea LLC. Incorporated by reference
to CryoPort’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 and referred to as Exhibit 10.5
10.2.2
Second Amendment To Lease: Renewal dated August 24, 2009, between CryoPort, Inc. and Viking Inventors-Barents Sea LLC.
Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1/A Registration Statement dated January 12, 2010.
10.2.3
Third Amendment to Lease: Renewal dated June 8, 2010 between Viking Investors Barents Sea, LLC. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5.3 to Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2013.
10.3
Securities Purchase Agreement dated September 27, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 dated November 9, 2007 and referred to as Exhibit 10.6.
10.4
Registration Rights Agreement dated September 27, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 dated November 9, 2007 and referred to as Exhibit 10.7.
10.5
Security Agreement dated September 27, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 dated
November 9, 2007 and referred to as Exhibit 10.8.
10.6
Securities Purchase Agreement dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
June 9, 2008 and referred to as Exhibit 10.10.
10.7
Registration Rights Agreement dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
June 9, 2008 and referred to as Exhibit 10.11.
10.8
Waiver dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 9, 2008 and referred
to as Exhibit 10.12.
55
Exhibit
No.
Description
10.9
Security Agreement dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 9, 2008
and referred to as Exhibit 10.13.
10.10
Consent, Waiver and Agreement with Enable Growth Partners LP, Enable Opportunity Partners LP, Pierce Diversified Strategy
Master Fund LLC, Ena, BridgePointe Master Fund Ltd. and Cryoport Inc. and its subsidiary dated July 30, 2009. Incorporated by
reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 29, 2009 and referred to as Exhibit 10.15.
10.11.1
Master Consulting and Engineering Services Agreement dated October 9, 2007 with KLATU Networks, LLC and CryoPort, Inc.
Incorporated by reference to Cryoport, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated March 25, 2009 and referred to as Exhibit
10.2.
10.11.2
First Amendment to Master Consulting and Engineering Services Agreement dated as of April 23, 2009, between CryoPort, Inc.
and KLATU Networks, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated December 17,
2010 and referred to as Exhibit 10.32.
10.11.3
Second Amendment to Master Consulting and Engineering Services Agreement dated as of November 1, 2010, between CryoPort,
Inc. and KLATU Networks, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated December
17, 2010 and referred to as Exhibit 10.33.
10.12
Stock Option Agreement ISO under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan of Cryoport Systems, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A2 dated January 26, 2006.
10.13
Stock Option Agreement NSO under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan of Cryoport Systems, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A2 dated January 26, 2006.
10.14
2009 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Company’s Current Report on Form
8-K dated October 15, 2009 and referred to as Exhibit 10.21.
10.15
Form Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.22 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 9, 2009.
10.16
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated April 27, 2010.
10.17
2011 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended and restated). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit B of the Company’s Definitive Proxy
Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on July 30, 2012.
10.18
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on September 27, 2011.
10.19
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to Cryoport’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 27, 2011.
10.20
Form of Convertible Promissory Note. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
with the SEC on June 25, 2013.
10.21
Form of Amendment to Convertible Promissory Note. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Cryoport’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2013.
10.22
Form of Convertible Promissory Note. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
with the SEC on June 25, 2013.
10.23*
Employment Agreement between the Company and Jerrell Shelton. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2012 and referred to as Exhibit 10.45.
10.24*
Stock Option Agreement dated November 5, 2012 between the Company and Jerrell Shelton. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.28 to Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2013.
56
Exhibit
No.
10.25#
Master Agreement between the Company and Federal Express Corporation dated January 1, 2013. Incorporated by reference to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2013 and referred to as Exhibit 10.1.
Description
10.26*
Employment Agreement dated June 28, 2013 with Jerrell Shelton. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Cryoport’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 3, 2013.
10.27
Form of Convertible Promissory Notes issued with Warrants. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Cryoport’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013.
10.28
Form of Letter of Tender and Exchange. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Cryoport’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013.
10.29
Form of Convertible Promissory Note (5% Bridge Note) issued with Warrants. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to
Cryoport’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended December 31, 2013.
10.30
Form of Subscription Agreement in connection with the May 2014 private placement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to
Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2014.
10.31
Form of Election to Convert in connection with the May 2014 private placement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to
Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2014.
10.32
Form of Indemnification Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on July 16, 2014.
10.33
Subscription Agreement and Letter of Investment Intent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cryoport’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 9, 2014.
10.34
2014 Series Secured Promissory Note. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on December 9, 2014.
10.35
Security Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
December 9, 2014.
10.36
Subscription Agreement and Letter of Investment Intent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cryoport’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 20, 2015.
10.37
Form of Note Exchange Agreement and Letter of Investment Intent, dated February 19, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 9, 2015.
10.38
Form of Exchange Note issued in connection with the Exchange and Investment Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 9, 2015.
10.39
Form of Letter of Investment Intent, dated March 2, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Cryoport’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 9, 2015.
10.40
Form of Amended and Restate Note issued in connection with the Exchange and Investment Agreement. Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.4 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 9, 2015.
10.41
Amendment to Simple Interest Commercial Promissory Note, dated March 2, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 9, 2015
10.42*+
Stock Option Agreement dated December 18, 2014 between the Company and Jerrell Shelton.
21+
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23.1+
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—KMJ Corbin & Company LLP.
57
Exhibit
No.
Description
31.1+
Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
31.2+
Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
32.1+
Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b)/15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
32.2+
Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b)/15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
101.INS+ XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH+ XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL+ XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF+ XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB+ XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE+ XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
*
#
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
+
Filed herewith.
58
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual
Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Cryoport, Inc.
By: /s/ JERRELL W. SHELTON
Jerrell W. Shelton
Chief Executive Officer and Director
Date: May 19, 2015
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
Signature
/s/ JERRELL W. SHELTON
Jerrell W. Shelton
/s/ ROBERT S. STEFANOVICH
Robert S. Stefanovich
/s/ RICHARD G. RATHMANN
Richard G. Rathmann
/s/ EDWARD ZECCHINI
Edward Zecchini
/s/ RAMKUMAR MANDALAM, PH.D.
Ramkumar Mandalam Ph.D.
/s/ RICHARD BERMAN
Richard Berman
Title
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Director
Director
Director
Director
59
Date
May 19, 2015
May 19, 2015
May 19, 2015
May 19, 2015
May 19, 2015
May 19, 2015
Cryoport, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2015 and 2014
For Each of the Two Years Ended March 31, 2015
Cryoport, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Financial Statements
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F- 1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Cryoport, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CryoPort, Inc. (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ (deficit) equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended
March 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated
financial statements. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
position of CryoPort, Inc. at March 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year
period ended March 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As
described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring operating losses and has had negative cash
flows from operations since inception. Although the Company has cash and cash equivalents of $1.4 million at March 31, 2015, management has
estimated that cash on hand, which include proceeds from Class B convertible preferred stock received subsequent to the fourth quarter of fiscal
2015, will only be sufficient to allow the Company to continue its operations into the third quarter of fiscal 2016. These matters raise substantial
doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1.
The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
/s/ KMJ Corbin & Company LLP
Costa Mesa, California
May 19, 2015
F- 2
Cryoport, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Current Assets:
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $12,200 and $24,600,
$
1,405,186 $
369,581
March 31,
2015
2014
respectively
Inventories
Other current assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Deposits and other assets
Total assets
Current Liabilities:
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
Accrued compensation and related expenses
Notes payable and accrued interest, net of discount of $221,400 at March 31, 2015
Convertible debentures payable and accrued interest, net of discount of $184,800 at March 31,
2014
Related-party notes payable and accrued interest, net of discount of $259,600 at March 31,
2015
Total current liabilities
Related-party notes payable, net of current portion
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity:
$
$
589,699
69,680
97,337
2,161,902
307,926
136,821
—
2,606,649 $
515,825
29,703
196,505
1,111,614
408,892
180,086
9,358
1,709,950
758,696 $
725,712
535,507
579,678
454,288
—
—
1,622,359
976,581
2,996,496
26,452
3,022,948
1,358,120
4,014,445
—
4,014,445
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 2,500,000 shares authorized:
Class A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 800,000 shares authorized; 454,750
and 0 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively (aggregate
liquidation preference of $5,758,485 at March 31, 2015)
Class B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 585,000 shares authorized; 161,709
and 0 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively (aggregate
liquidation preference of $1,944,351 at March 31, 2015)
455
162
—
—
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 20,833,333 shares authorized; 5,025,577 and 4,998,330
issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ deficit
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
5,026
97,346,137
(97,768,079 )
(416,299 )
2,606,649 $
4,999
83,567,380
(85,876,874 )
(2,304,495 )
1,709,950
$
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F- 3
Cryoport, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross margin
Operating costs and expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Total operating costs and expenses
Loss from operations
Other (expense) income:
Debt conversion expense
Interest expense
Other expense, net
Change in fair value of derivatives
Loss before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net loss
Preferred stock beneficial conversion charge
Undeclared cumulative preferred dividends
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted
Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted
Years Ended March 31,
2015
2014
3,935,320 $
2,766,391
1,168,929
6,409,381
352,580
6,761,961
(5,593,032 )
—
(1,428,015 )
(4,266 )
—
(7,025,313 )
(1,600 )
(7,026,913 )
(4,864,292 )
(305,328 )
(12,196,533 ) $
(2.44 ) $
5,006,219
2,659,943
2,222,988
436,955
5,106,219
409,111
5,515,330
(5,078,375 )
(13,713,767 )
(784,454 )
(8,078 )
20,848
(19,563,826 )
(1,600 )
(19,565,426 )
—
—
(19,565,426 )
(4.81 )
4,070,876
$
$
$
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F- 4
Cryoport, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Class A
Preferred Stock
Class B
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid–In Capital
Accumulated Stockholders’
(Deficit) Equity
Deficit
Total
Balance at March 31, 2013
Net loss
Stock-based compensation
expense
Estimated relative fair
value of warrants issued
in connection with
convertible bridge notes
payable
Issuance of common stock
upon exercise of
options and warrants
Issuance of common stock
units upon conversion
of convertible bridge
notes and accrued
interest
Induced debt conversion
expense
Balance at March 31, 2014
Net loss
Stock-based compensation
expense
Issuance of Class A
convertible preferred
stock, net of offering
costs of $577,600
Issuance of Class A
convertible preferred
stock upon conversion
of 5% bridge notes and
accrued interest
Issuance of Class B
convertible preferred
stock, net of offering
costs of $249,000
Issuance of common stock
upon exercise of
options and warrants
Accretion of the fair value
of the Class A and
Class B convertible
preferred stock
beneficial conversion
features and relative fair
value of warrants
Estimated relative fair
value of beneficial
conversion feature of
5% bridge notes
Issuance of restricted stock
in connection with
consulting agreement
Estimated relative fair
value of warrants issued
in connection with
related-party notes
payable
Estimated relative fair
value of warrants issued
in connection with 7%
notes payable
— $
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
— 3,146,719 $
—
—
3,147 $
—
64,245,026 $ (66,311,448 ) $
(2,063,275 )
—
(19,565,426 )
( 19,565,426 )
—
—
—
—
678,119
—
678,119
—
—
—
—
—
—
478,229
—
478,229
—
—
—
—
131,943
132
326,758
—
326,890
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— 1,719,668
1,720
4,125,481
—
4,127,201
—
—
— 4,998,330
—
—
—
4,999
—
13,713,767
83,567,380
—
—
(85,876,874 )
(7,026,913 )
13,713,767
(2,304,495 )
(7,026,913 )
—
—
—
864,306
—
864,306
291,142
291
—
—
—
—
2,915,774
—
2,916,065
163,608
164
—
—
—
—
1,766,833
—
1,766,997
—
161,709
162
—
—
1,691,344
—
1,691,506
—
—
—
—
23,913
24
92,585
—
92,609
—
—
—
—
—
—
4,864,292
(4,864,292 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
826,919
—
826,919
—
—
—
—
3,334
3
17,397
—
17,400
—
—
—
—
—
—
280,370
—
280,370
—
—
—
—
—
—
458,937
—
458,937
Balance at March 31, 2015
454,750 $
455
161,709 $
162 5,025,577 $
5,026 $
97,346,137 $ (97,768,079 ) $
(416,299 )
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F- 5
Cryoport, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs
Stock-based compensation expense
Change in fair value of derivative instruments
Loss on disposal of cryogenic shippers
Provision for bad debt
Debt conversion expense
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Other assets
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
Accrued compensation and related expenses
Accrued interest
Net cash used in operating activities
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Purchases of property and equipment
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Net cash used in investing activities
Proceeds from the issuance of Class A and Class B convertible preferred stock, net of
offering costs
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants
Proceeds from the issuance of notes payable
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt
Repayment of notes payable
Repayment of convertible debt
Repayment of offering and deferred financing costs
Repayment of related-party notes payable
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents — beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents — end of year
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
Deferred financing costs in connection with convertible debt payable included in accounts
payable
Accretion of convertible preferred stock beneficial conversion feature and relative fair
value of warrants issued in connection with the convertible preferred stock units to
accumulated deficit
Years Ended March 31,
2014
2015
$
(7,026,913 ) $
(19,565,426 )
197,938
1,368,305
881,706
—
16,423
2,713
—
(76,587 )
(39,977 )
10,174
209,138
271,424
57,954
(4,127,702 )
311,590
678,915
678,119
(20,848 )
16,066
24,876
13,713,767
(323,604 )
9,509
(26,588 )
(221,929 )
236,856
108,038
(4,380,659 )
(70,130 )
(70,130 )
(138,886 )
(138,886 )
4,607,571
92,609
915,000
—
(173,623 )
(50,000 )
(30,120 )
(128,000 )
5,233,437
1,035,605
369,581
1,405,186 $
753 $
1,600 $
—
326,890
—
4,558,301
—
—
(463,169 )
(96,000 )
4,326,022
(193,523 )
563,104
369,581
—
1,600
— $
30,120
$
$
$
$
$
4,864,292 $
—
Estimated relative fair value of warrants issued in connection with convertible bridge notes
payable
$
— $
478,229
Estimated relative fair value of warrants issued in connection with related-party convertible
notes payable
Estimated relative fair value of warrants issued in connection with notes payable
Conversion of bridge notes payable and accrued interest into common stock units
Conversion of convertible debentures payable and accrued interest into convertible
preferred stock units
$
$
$
$
280,370 $
458,937 $
— $
—
—
4,127,201
1,766,997 $
—
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F- 6
Cryoport, Inc. and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Nature of the Business
Cryoport Inc. (the “Company”, “Cryoport”, “we” or “our”) is a Nevada corporation originally incorporated under the name G.T.5-Limited
(“GT5”) on May 25, 1990. In connection with a Share Exchange Agreement, on March 15, 2005 we changed our name to Cryoport, Inc. and
acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Cryoport Systems, Inc., a California corporation, in exchange for 200,901
shares of our common stock (which represented approximately 81% of the total issued and outstanding shares of common stock following the
close of the transaction). Cryoport Systems, Inc., which was originally formed in 1999 as a California limited liability company, and
subsequently reorganized into a California corporation on December 11, 2000, remains an operating company under Cryoport, Inc. We became
“publicly held” by the reverse merger with GT5 described above. Over time the Company transitioned from being a development company to a
fully operational public company in early 2011, providing global cryogenic logistics solutions to the biotechnology and life sciences industries.
The Company became public by a reverse merger with a shell company in May 2005. Over time the Company has transitioned from being
a development company to a fully operational public company, providing cold chain logistics solutions to the biotechnology and life sciences
industries globally.
Since fiscal year 2011, the Company has taken significant steps towards commercialization of the Cryoport Express ® logistics solutions in
validating, perfecting and expanding its features. The Company has now managed shipments of its Cryoport Express ® Shippers through its
Cryoportal TM into and out of more than 80 countries, handling a vast array of different biological products and specimens.
We provide cryogenic logistics solutions to the life sciences industry through a combination of purpose-built proprietary packaging,
information technology and specialized cold chain logistics knowhow. We view our solutions as disruptive to the “older technologies” of dry ice
and liquid nitrogen, in that our solutions are comprehensive and combine our competencies in configurations that are customized to our client’s
requirements. We provide comprehensive, reliable, economic alternatives to all existing logistics solutions and services utilized for frozen
shipping in the life sciences industry (e.g., personalized medicine, stem cells, cell lines, vaccines, diagnostic materials, semen, eggs, embryos,
cord blood, bio-pharmaceuticals, infectious substances, and other commodities that require continuous exposure to cryogenic or frozen
temperatures). We provide the ability to monitor, record and archive crucial information for each shipment that can be used for scientific and
regulatory purposes.
Our Cryoport Express ® Solutions include a sophisticated cloud-based logistics operating platform, which is branded as the Cryoportal™.
The Cryoportal™ supports the management of the entire shipment and logistics process through a single interface, including initial order input,
document preparation, customs clearance, courier management, shipment tracking, issue resolution, and delivery. In addition, it provides unique
and incisive information dashboards and validation documentation for every shipment. The Cryoportal™ records and retains a fully documented
“chain-of-custody” and, at the client’s option, “chain-of-condition” for every shipment, helping ensure that quality, safety, efficacy, and stability
of shipped commodities are maintained throughout the process. This recorded and archived information allows our clients to meet exacting
requirements necessary for scientific work and for proof of regulatory compliance during the logistics phase.
The branded packaging for our Cryoport Express ® Solutions includes our liquid nitrogen dry vapor shippers, the Cryoport Express ®
Shippers. The Cryoport Express ® Shippers are cost-effective and reusable cryogenic transport containers (our standard shipper is a patented
vacuum flask) utilizing an innovative application of “dry vapor” liquid nitrogen (“LN2”) technology. Cryoport Express ® Shippers are
International Air Transport Association (“IATA”) certified and validated to maintain stable temperatures of minus 150° C and below for a 10-
day dynamic shipment period. The Company currently features three Cryoport Express ® Shippers: the Standard Dry Shipper (holding up to 75
2.0 ml vials), the High Volume Dry Shipper (holding up to 500 2.0 ml vials) and the recently introduced Cryoport Express ® CXVC1 Shipper
(holding up to 1,500 2.0 ml vials). In addition, we assist clients with internal secondary packaging as well (e.g., vials, canes, straws, plates, etc.)
Our most used solution is the “turnkey” solution, which can be accessed directly through our cloud-based Cryoportal™ or by contacting
Cryoport Client Care for order entry. Once an order is placed and cleared, we ship a fully charged Cryoport Express ® Shipper to the client who
conveniently loads its frozen commodity into the inner chamber of the Cryoport Express ® Shipper . The customer then closes the shipper
package and reseals the shipping box displaying the next recipient’s address (“Flap A”) for pre-arranged carrier pick up. Cryoport arranges for
the pick-up of the parcel by a shipping service provider, which is designated by the client or chosen by Cryoport, for delivery to the client’s
intended recipient. The recipient simply opens the shipper package and removes the frozen commodity that has been shipped. The recipient
then reseals the package, displaying the nearest Cryoport Operations Center address (“Flap B”), making it ready for pre-arranged carrier pick-up.
The When the Cryoport Operations Center receives the Cryoport Express ® Shipper, it is cleaned, put through quality assurance testing, and
returned to inventory for reuse.
F- 7
In late 2012, we shifted our focus to become a comprehensive cryogenic logistics solutions provider. Recognizing that clients in the life
sciences industry have varying requirements, we unbundled our technologies, establishing customer facing solutions and taking a consultative
approach to the market. Today, in addition to our standard “Turn-key Solution,” described above, we also provide the following customer facing,
value-added solutions to address our various clients’ needs:
•
•
•
•
•
•
“ Customer Staged Solution ,” designed for clients making 50 or more shipments per month. Under this solution, we supply an inventory
of our Cryoport Express ® Shippers to our customer, in an uncharged state, enabling our customer (after training/certification) to charge
them with liquid nitrogen and use our Cryoportal™ to enter orders with shipping and delivery service providers for the transportation of the
package. Once the order is released, our customer services professionals monitor the shipment and the return of the shipper to us for
cleaning, quality assurance testing and reuse.
“ Customer Managed Solution ,” a limited customer implemented solution whereby we supply our Cryoport Express ® Shippers to clients
in a fully charged state, but leaving it to the client to manage the shipping, including the selection of the shipping and delivery service
provider and the return of the shipper to us. .
“ powered by Cryoport SM ,” available to providers of shipping and delivery services who seek to offer a “branded” cryogenic logistics
solution as part of their service offerings, with “ powered by Cryoport SM ” appearing prominently on the offering software interface and
packaging. This solution can also be private labeled upon meeting certain requirements, such as minimum required shipping volumes.
“ Integrated Solution, ” which is our outsource solution. It is our most comprehensive solution and involves our management of the entire
cryogenic logistics process for our client, including Cryoport employees at the client’s site to manage the client’s cryogenic logistics
function in total.
“ Regenerative Medicine Point-of-Care Repository Solution, ” designed for allogeneic therapies. In this model we supply our Cryoport
Express ® Shipper to ship and store cryogenically preserved life science products for up to 6 days (or longer periods with supplementary
shippers) at a point-of-care site, with the Cryoport Express ® Shipper serving as a temporary freezer/repository enabling the efficient and
effective distribution of temperature sensitive allogeneic cell-based therapies without the expense, inconvenience, and potential costly
failure of an on-sight, cryopreservation device. Our customer service professionals monitor each shipment throughout the predetermined
process including the return of the shipper to us. When the Cryoport Operations Center receives the Cryoport Express ® Shipper package it
is cleaned, put through quality assurance testing, and returned to inventory for reuse.
“ Personalized Medicine and Cell-based Immunotherapy Solution, ” designed for autologous therapies. In this model our Cryoport
Express ® Shipper serves as an enabling technology for the safe transportation of manufactured autologous cellular-based immunotherapy
market by providing a comprehensive logistics solution for the verified chain of custody and condition transport from, (a) the collection of
the patient’s cells in a hospital setting, to (b) a central processing facility where they are manufactured into a personalized medicine, to (c)
the safe, cryogenically preserved return of these irreplaceable cells to a point-of-care treatment facility. If required, the Cryoport Express ®
Shipper can then serve as a temporary freezer/repository to allow the efficient distribution of this personalized medicine to the patient when
and where the medical provider needs it most without the expense, inconvenience, and potential costly failure of an on-sight,
cryopreservation device. Our customer services professionals monitor each shipment throughout the predetermined process, including the
return of the shipper to us. When the Cryoport Operations Center receives the Cryoport Express ® Shipper package it is cleaned, put
through quality assurance testing, and returned to inventory for reuse.
Strategic Logistics Alliances
We have sought to establish strategic alliances as a method of marketing our solutions providing minus 150° C shipping conditions to the
life sciences industry. We have focused our efforts on leading companies in the logistics services industry as well as participants in the life
sciences industry. In connection with our alliances with providers of shipping services, we refer to their offerings as “ powered by Cryoport SM ”
to reflect our solutions being integrated into our alliance partner’s services.
Cryoport now serves and supports the three largest integrators in the world, responsible for over 85% of worldwide airfreight, with its
advanced cryogenic logistics solutions for life sciences. We operate with each independently and confidentially in support of their respective
market and sales strategies. We maintain our independent partnerships with strict confidentiality guidelines within the Company. These
agreements represent a significant validation of our solutions and the way we conduct our business.
F- 8
FedEx. In January 2013, we entered into a master agreement with Federal Express Corporation (“FedEx”) (the “FedEx Agreement”)
renewing these services and providing FedEx with a non-exclusive license and right to use a customized version of our Cryoportal TM for the
management of shipments made by FedEx customers. The FedEx Agreement became effective on January 1, 2013 and, unless sooner terminated
as provided in the FedEx Agreement, expires on December 31, 2015. FedEx has the right to terminate this agreement at any time for
convenience upon 180 days’ notice.
Under our FedEx Agreement, we provide frozen shipping logistics services through the combination of our purpose-built proprietary
technologies and turnkey management processes. FedEx markets and sells Cryoport’s services for frozen temperature-controlled cold chain
transportation as its FedEx ® Deep Frozen Shipping Solution on a non-exclusive basis and at its sole expense. During fiscal year 2013, the
Company worked closely with FedEx to further align its sales efforts and accelerate penetration within FedEx’s life sciences customer base
through improved processes, sales incentives, joint customer calls and more frequent communication at the sales and executive level. In addition,
FedEx has developed a FedEx branded version of the Cryoportal TM software platform, which is “ powered by Cryoport SM ” for use by FedEx
and its customers giving them access to the full capabilities of our cloud-based logistics management software platform.
DHL. In June 2014, we entered into a master agreement with LifeConEx, a part of DHL Global Forwarding (“DHL”). This relationship
with DHL is a further implementation of the Company’s expansion of distribution partnerships under the “ powered by Cryoport SM ” model
described above, allowing us to expand our sales and marketing reach through our partners and build awareness of the benefits of our validated
cryogenic solution offerings. DHL can now enhance and supplement its cold chain logistics offerings to its life sciences and healthcare
customers with Cryoport’s validated cryogenic solutions. DHL added 15 additional certified Life Sciences stations in the second quarter of 2014
bringing the Thermonet network to 60 stations in operation. Over the course of rolling out our new relationship, this expanded network will offer
Cryoport’s cryogenic solutions under the DHL brands as “ powered by Cryoport SM ”. In addition, DHL’s customers will be able to have direct
access to our cloud-based order entry and tracking portal to order Cryoport Express ® Solutions and receive preferred DHL shipping rates and
discounts. Our proprietary logistics management operating platform, the Cryoportal TM , is integrated with DHL’s tracking and billing systems to
provide DHL life sciences and healthcare customers with a seamless way of accessing critical information regarding shipments of biological
material worldwide.
UPS. In October 2014, we added United Parcel Services, Inc. (“UPS”) as our third major distributor by entering into an agreement with
UPS Oasis Supply Corporation, a part of UPS, whereby UPS will offer our validated and comprehensive cryogenic solutions to its life sciences
and healthcare customers on a global basis. This relationship with UPS is a further implementation of the Company’s expansion of distributors
under the “ powered by Cryoport SM ” model described above, allowing us to further expand our sales and marketing reach through our partners
and build awareness of the benefits of our validated cryogenic solution offerings through UPS.
Over the course of rolling out our new relationship with UPS, UPS customers will have direct access to our cloud-based order entry and
tracking portal to order Cryoport Express ® Solutions and gain access to UPS’s broad array of domestic and international shipping and logistics
solutions at competitive prices. Our proprietary logistics management operating platform, the Cryoportal TM , is integrated with UPS’s tracking
and billing systems to provide UPS life sciences and healthcare customers with a seamless way of accessing critical information regarding
shipments of biological material worldwide.
These agreements the three largest integrators in the world represent a significant validation of our solutions and the way we conduct our
business.
Life Sciences Agreements
Zoetis. In December 2012, we signed an agreement with Pfizer Inc. relating to Zoetis Inc. (formerly the animal health business unit of
Pfizer Inc.) pursuant to which we were engaged to manage frozen shipments of a key poultry vaccine. Under this arrangement, Cryoport
provides on-site logistics personnel and its logistics management operating platform, the Cryoportal TM to manage shipments from the Zoetis
manufacturing site in the United States to domestic customers as well as various international distribution centers. As part of our logistics
management services, Cryoport is constantly analyzing logistics data and processes to further introduce economies and reliability throughout the
network, ensuring products arrive at their destinations in specified conditions, on-time and with the optimum utilization of resources. The
Company manages Zoetis’ total fleet of dewar flask shippers used for this purpose, including liquid nitrogen shippers. In July 2013 the
agreement was amended to expand Cryoport’s scope to manage all logistics of Zoetis’ key frozen poultry vaccine to all Zoetis’ international
distribution centers as well as all domestic shipments. In October 2013, the agreement was further amended to further expand Cryoport’s role to
include the logistics management for a second poultry vaccine.
F- 9
Liventa Biosciences. In February 2014, we entered into a services agreement with Liventa Bioscience, Inc. (“Liventa”), a privately-held,
commercial stage biotechnology company focused on cell-based, advanced biologics in the orthopedic industry. Under this agreement, Liventa
will use Cryoport’s Regenerative Medicine Point-of-Care Repository Solution for the logistics of its cell-based therapies requiring cryogenic
temperatures and also provide Cryoport Express ® Solutions to other biologics suppliers within the orthopedic arena. The agreement combines
Cryoport’s proprietary, purpose-built cold chain logistics solutions for cell-based and advanced biologic tissue forms with Liventa’s distribution
capability to orthopedic care providers. The implementation of Cryoport’s Regenerative Medicine Point-of-Care Repository Solution will
eliminate the risks of degradation and also eliminate the need for expensive onsite cryogenic freezers for storage of cell-based orthopedic
therapies. This will enable Liventa to confidently serve orthopedic practices, surgical centers, pain clinics, hospitals and, eventually, pharmacies
and specialty care providers. The agreement has an initial three-year term and may be renewed for consecutive three-year terms, unless earlier
terminated by either party. Liventa also agreed to certain performance criteria and the issuance of 150,000 shares of its common stock to
Cryoport in exchange for the exclusive right to offer, market and promote Cryoport Express ® Solutions for cellular-based therapies requiring
cryogenic temperatures for use in the orthopedic arena in the United States.
In summary, we serve the life sciences industry with cryogenic logistics solutions that are advanced, comprehensive, reliable, validated,
and efficient. Our clients include those companies and institutions that have logistics requirements for personalized medicine, immunotherapies,
stem cells, cell lines, tissue, vaccines, in-vitro fertilization, cord blood, and other temperature sensitive commodities of life sciences.
Going Concern
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the accrual method of accounting in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the
realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business. We have sustained operating losses since our inception and
have used substantial amounts of working capital in our operations. At March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $97.8 million. During
the year ended March 31, 2015, we used cash in operations of $4.1 million and had a net loss of $7.0 million.
We expect to continue to incur substantial additional operating losses from costs related to the commercialization of our Cryoport Express
® Solutions and do not expect that revenues from operations will be sufficient to satisfy our funding requirements in the near term. We believe
that our cash resources at March 31, 2015, additional funds raised subsequent to March 31, 2015 through the Class B convertible preferred stock
(see Note 15), together with the revenues generated from our services will be sufficient to sustain our planned operations into the third quarter of
fiscal year 2016; however, we must obtain additional capital to fund operations thereafter and for the achievement of sustained profitable
operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We are currently working on funding
alternatives in order to secure sufficient operating capital to allow us to continue to operate as a going concern.
Future capital requirements will depend upon many factors, including the success of our commercialization efforts and the level of
customer adoption of our Cryoport Express ® Solutions as well as our ability to establish additional collaborative arrangements. We cannot make
any assurances that the sales ramp will lead to achievement of sustained profitable operations or that any additional financing will be completed
on a timely basis and on acceptable terms or at all. Management’s inability to successfully achieve significant revenue increases or implement
cost reduction strategies or to complete any other financing will adversely impact our ability to continue as a going concern. To address this
issue, the Company is seeking additional capitalization to properly fund our efforts to become a self-sustaining financially viable entity.
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
On May 12, 2015, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to our certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse stock split by a
ratio of 1-for-12, with no reduction in the number of shares of common stock that were previously authorized in our certificate of
incorporation. The reverse stock split is effective on May 19, 2015. Unless otherwise noted, all share and per share data in this annual report
give effect to the 1-for-12 reverse stock split of our common stock. Financial information updated by this capital change includes earnings per
common share, dividends per common share, stock price per common share, weighted average common shares, outstanding common shares,
treasury shares, common stock, additional paid-in capital, and share-based compensation.
F- 10
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Cryoport, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Cryoport Systems, Inc. All
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from estimated amounts. The Company’s
significant estimates include allowances for doubtful accounts, recoverability of long-lived assets, allowance for inventory obsolescence,
deferred taxes and their accompanying valuations, and valuation of equity instruments and conversion features.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, related-party notes payable, convertible
debentures payable, notes payable, accounts payable and accrued expenses. The carrying value for all such instruments approximates fair value
at March 31, 2015 and 2014 due to their short-term nature. The difference between the fair value and recorded values of the related-party notes
payable is not significant.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
The Company maintains its cash accounts in financial institutions. Accounts at these institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) with basic deposit insurance coverage limits up to $250,000 per owner. At March 31, 2015 and 2014, the
Company had cash balances of approximately $1.3 million and $159,000, respectively, which exceeded the FDIC insurance limit. The Company
performs ongoing evaluations of these institutions to limit its concentration risk exposure.
Customers
The Company grants credit to customers within the U.S. and to a limited number of international customers and does not require collateral.
Revenues from international customers are generally secured by advance payments except for a limited number of established foreign customers.
The Company generally requires advance or credit card payments for initial revenues from new customers. The Company’s ability to collect
receivables is affected by economic fluctuations in the geographic areas and industries served by the Company. Reserves for uncollectible
amounts are provided based on past experience and a specific analysis of the accounts, which management believes is sufficient. Accounts
receivable at March 31, 2015 and 2014 are net of reserves for doubtful accounts of $12,200 and $24,600, respectively. Although the Company
expects to collect amounts due, actual collections may differ from the estimated amounts. The Company maintains reserves for bad debt and
such losses, in the aggregate, historically have not exceeded our estimates.
The majority of the Company’s customers are in the biotechnology, pharmaceutical and life science industries. Consequently, there is a
concentration of accounts receivable within these industries, which is subject to normal credit risk. At March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively,
there was one customer that accounted for 14.6% and 30.6% of net accounts receivable. No other single customer owed us more than 10% of net
accounts receivable at March 31, 2015 and 2014.
The Company has revenue from foreign customers primarily in Europe, Japan, Canada, India and Australia. During fiscal years 2015 and
2014, the Company had revenues from foreign customers of approximately $617,200 and $434,000, respectively, which constituted
approximately 15.7% and 16.3% of total revenues, respectively. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, there was one customer that
accounted for 22.7% and 30.8% of total revenues. No other single customer generated over 10% of total revenues during 2015 and 2014.
F- 11
Inventories
The Company’s inventories consist of accessories that are sold and shipped to customers along with pay-per-use containers that are not
returned to the Company with the containers at the culmination of the customer’s shipping cycle. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or
current estimated market value. Cost is determined using the standard cost method which approximates the first-in, first-to-expire method.
Inventories are reviewed periodically for slow-moving or obsolete status. The Company writes down the carrying value of its inventories to
reflect situations in which the cost of inventories is not expected to be recovered. Once established, write-downs of inventories are considered
permanent adjustments to the cost basis of the obsolete or excess inventories. Raw materials and finished goods include material costs less
reserves for obsolete or excess inventories. The Company evaluates the current level of inventories considering historical trends and other
factors, and based on the evaluation, records adjustments to reflect inventories at its net realizable value. These adjustments are estimates, which
could vary significantly from actual results if future economic conditions, customer demand, competition or other relevant factors differ from
expectations. These estimates require us to make assessments about future demand for the Company’s products in order to categorize the status
of such inventories items as slow-moving, obsolete or in excess-of-need. These estimates are subject to the ongoing accuracy of the Company’s
forecasts of market conditions, industry trends, competition and other factors.
Property and Equipment
The Company provides shipping containers to its customers and charges a fee in exchange for the use of the container. The Company’s
arrangements are similar to the accounting standard for leases since they convey the right to use the container over a period of time. The
Company retains the title to the containers and provides its customers the use of the container for a specific shipping cycle. At the culmination of
the customer’s shipping cycle, the container is returned to the Company. As a result, the Company classifies the containers as fixed assets for the
per-use container program.
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Cryogenic shippers, which comprise of 90% and 89% of the Company’s net property and
equipment balance at March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of
three years. Equipment and furniture are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives (generally three to seven
years) and leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term,
whichever is shorter. Equipment acquired under capital leases is amortized over the estimated useful life of the assets or term of the lease,
whichever is shorter and included in depreciation and amortization expense.
Betterments, renewals and extraordinary repairs that extend the lives of the assets are capitalized; other repairs and maintenance charges
are expensed as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization applicable to assets retired are removed from the
accounts, and the gain or loss on disposition is recognized in current operations.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are comprised of patents and trademarks and software development costs. The Company capitalizes costs of obtaining
patents and trademarks, which are amortized, using the straight-line method over their estimated useful life of five years. The Company
capitalizes certain costs related to software developed for internal use. Software development costs incurred during the preliminary or
maintenance project stages are expensed as incurred, while costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized and amortized
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is five years. Capitalized costs include purchased materials
and costs of services including the valuation of warrants issued to consultants.
Long-lived Assets
If indicators of impairment exist, we assess the recoverability of the affected long-lived assets by determining whether the carrying value
of such assets can be recovered through undiscounted future operating cash flows. If impairment is indicated, we measure the amount of such
impairment by comparing the fair value to the carrying value. We believe the future cash flows to be received from the long-lived assets will
exceed the assets’ carrying value, and accordingly, we have not recognized any impairment losses through March 31, 2015.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs represent costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the convertible notes payable and private equity
financing. Deferred financing costs related to the issuance of debt are being amortized over the term of the financing instrument using the
effective interest method while deferred financing costs from equity financings are netted against the gross proceeds received from the equity
financings.
Conversion Features
If a conversion feature of convertible debt is not accounted for as a derivative instrument and provides for a rate of conversion that is
below market value, this feature is characterized as a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”). A BCF is recorded by the Company as a debt
discount. The convertible debt is recorded net of the discount related to the BCF. The Company amortizes the discount to interest expense over
the life of the debt using the effective interest rate method.
F- 12
Preferred stock is convertible to common stock at a rate of conversion that is below market value, therefore, this feature is characterized as
a BCF. The Company records this BCF as a discount to the preferred stock and accretes the discount to retained earnings as a deemed dividend
upon issuance of the preferred stock.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the provision of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting
Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes , or ASC 740. As of March 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no unrecognized tax benefits
included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets that would, if recognized, affect the effective tax rate.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided for certain deferred tax assets if it is more
likely than not that the Company will not realize tax assets through future operations. Based on the weight of available evidence, the Company’s
management has determined that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Therefore, the Company has
recorded a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets. The Company’s income tax provision consists of state minimum taxes.
The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had no
accrual for interest or penalties on its consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively and has not recognized interest
and/or penalties in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014. The Company is subject to taxation
in the U.S. and various state jurisdictions. As of March 31, 2015, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal examinations for years before
2011 and for California franchise and income tax examinations for years before 2010. However, to the extent allowed by law, the taxing
authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up
to the amount of the net operating loss carry forward amount. The Company is not currently under examination by U.S. federal or state
jurisdictions.
Revenue Recognition
The Company provides shipping containers to its customers and charges a fee in exchange for the use of the container. The Company’s
arrangements are similar to the accounting standard for leases since they convey the right to use the containers over a period of time. The
Company retains title to the containers and provides its customers the use of the container for a specified shipping cycle. At the culmination of
the customer’s shipping cycle, the container is returned to the Company.
The Company recognizes revenue for the use of the shipper at the time of the delivery of the shipper to the end user of the enclosed
materials, and at the time that collectability is reasonably certain. Revenue is based on gross amounts, net of discounts and allowances.
The Company also provides logistics support and management to some customers, which may include onsite logistics personnel. Revenue
is recognized for these services as services are rendered and at the time that collectability is reasonably certain.
Accounting for Shipping and Handling Revenue, Fees and Costs
The Company classifies amounts billed for shipping and handling as revenue. Shipping and handling fees and costs are included in cost of
revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Research and Development Expenses
Expenditures relating to research and development are expensed in the period incurred.
Stock-based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based payments to employees and directors in accordance with stock-based payment accounting
guidance which requires all stock-based payments to employees and directors, including grants of employee stock options and warrants, to be
recognized based upon their estimated fair values. The fair value of stock-based awards is estimated at grant date using the Black-Scholes option
pricing method (“Black-Scholes”) and the portion that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as compensation cost over the requisite
service period.
F- 13
Since stock-based compensation is recognized only for those awards that are ultimately expected to vest, the Company has applied an
estimated forfeiture rate to unvested awards for the purpose of calculating compensation cost. These estimates will be revised, if necessary, in
future periods if actual forfeitures differ from estimates. Changes in forfeiture estimates impact compensation cost in the period in which the
change in estimate occurs. The estimated forfeiture rates at March 31, 2015 and 2014 was zero as the Company has not had a significant history
of forfeitures and does not expect significant forfeitures in the future.
Cash flows from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options or warrants
are classified as financing cash flows. Due to the Company’s loss position, there were no such tax benefits during years ended March 31, 2015
and 2014.
The Company uses Black-Scholes to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards. The determination of fair value using Black-Scholes is
affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables, including expected stock
price volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected dividends and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors.
The Company’s stock-based compensation plans are discussed further in Note 12.
Equity Instruments Issued to Non-Employees for Acquiring Goods or Services
Issuances of the Company’s common stock for acquiring goods or services are measured at the estimated fair value of the consideration
received or the estimated fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The measurement date for the
estimated fair value of the equity instruments issued to consultants or vendors is determined at the earlier of (i) the date at which a commitment
for performance to earn the equity instruments is reached (a “performance commitment” which would include a penalty considered to be of a
magnitude that is a sufficiently large disincentive for nonperformance) or (ii) the date at which performance is complete. When it is appropriate
for the Company to recognize the cost of a transaction during financial reporting periods prior to the measurement date, for purposes of
recognition of costs during those periods, the equity instrument is measured at the then-current estimated fair values at each of those interim
financial reporting dates.
Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share
We calculate basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders using the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the periods presented, and adjust the amount of net income (loss) used in this calculation for cumulative
preferred stock dividends, (if any), whether they are earned or not during the period. In periods of a net loss position, basic and diluted weighted
average shares are the same. For the diluted earnings per share calculation, we adjust the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding to include dilutive stock options, warrants and shares associated with the conversion of convertible debt and convertible preferred
stock outstanding during the periods. For the year ended March 31, 2015, the Company had cumulative, undeclared dividends that have not been
accrued related to its preferred stock of $305,328, which were added to the net loss on the consolidated statement of operations in order to
calculate net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders.
The following shows the amounts used in computing net loss per share for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2015:
Net loss
Less:
Preferred stock beneficial conversion charge
Undeclared cumulative preferred dividends
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
Weighted average shares issued and outstanding
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to commons stockholders
Years Ended March 31,
2015
(7,026,913 ) $
2014
(19,565,426 )
(4,864,292 )
(305,328 )
(12,196,533 ) $
5,006,219
(2.44 ) $
—
—
(19,565,426 )
4,070,876
(4.81 )
$
$
$
The following table sets forth the number of shares excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share, as their inclusion would
have been anti-dilutive:
F- 14
Class A convertible preferred stock
Class B convertible preferred stock
Stock options
Warrants
Segment Reporting
We currently operate in one reportable segment.
Fair Value Measurements
Years Ended March 31,
2014
2015
1,136,875
404,273
419,785
436,779
2,397,712
—
—
288,193
268,478
556,671
We measure fair value based on the prices that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are based on a three-tier hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used
to measure fair value. These tiers include the following:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are accessible at the measurement date. The fair
value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs.
Level 2: Observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted on active markets, but corroborated by market data. These inputs include
quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted market prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be
corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Currently we do not have any items classified as
Level 2.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to
Level 3 inputs.
In determining fair value, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of
unobservable inputs to the extent possible, as well as consider counterparty credit risk in the assessment of fair value.
We have no assets or liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2015 and 2014.
Foreign Currency Transactions
We record foreign currency transactions at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction with resultant gains and losses being
included in results of operations. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been significant for any of the periods presented.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern”. Currently, there is no guidance
in U.S. GAAP about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going
concern or to provide related footnote disclosures. The amendments require management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going
concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. Specifically, the amendments (1)
provide a definition of the term substantial doubt, (2) require an evaluation every reporting period including interim periods, (3) provide
principles for considering the mitigating effect of management’s plans, (4) require certain disclosures when substantial doubt is alleviated as a
result of consideration of management’s plans, (5) require an express statement and other disclosures when substantial doubt is not alleviated,
and (6) require an assessment for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). The
amendments in this ASU are effective for the reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early application is permitted.
Management is currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-15 will have on our consolidated financial statements.
F- 15
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue
recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, "Revenue Recognition". The ASU implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue
recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures
regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include
the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing
estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The amendments in this ASU are
effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is not permitted. In April 2015, the FASB
proposed a one year deferral of the effective date for public entities and others, related to this ASU. The comment deadline for the one year
deferral period is May 29, 2015. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of
adoption. Management has not selected a transition method and is currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our
consolidated financial statements
Note 3. Inventories
Inventories consist of the following:
Raw materials
Finished goods
Note 4. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following:
Cryogenic shippers
Furniture and fixtures
Machinery and equipment
Leasehold improvements
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
March 31,
2015
2014
$
$
41,725 $
27,955
69,680 $
18,283
11,420
29,703
March 31,
2015
1,034,554 $
30,746
350,520
23,652
1,439,472
(1,131,546 )
307,926 $
2014
1,037,286
30,746
386,731
30,913
1,485,676
(1,076,784 )
408,892
$
$
Total depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment amounted to $154,700 and $219,400 for the years ended
March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Note 5. Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist of the following:
Patents and trademarks
Software development costs for internal use
Total intangible assets
Patents and trademarks
Software development costs for internal use
Total intangible assets
March 31, 2015
Gross
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Amount
154,214 $
547,127
701,341 $
(56,128 ) $
(508,392 )
(564,520 ) $
98,086
38,735
136,821
March 31, 2014
Gross
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Amount
154,214 $
547,127
701,341 $
(55,712 ) $
(465,543 )
(521,255 ) $
98,502
81,584
180,086
$
$
$
$
Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period (years)
5.0
1.0
Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period (years)
4.9
1.6
Amortization expense for intangible assets for the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was $43,200 and $92,200, respectively.
Future amortization of intangible assets is approximately as follows:
F- 16
Years Ending March 31,
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Note 6. Accrued Compensation and Related Expenses
Accrued compensation and related expenses consist of the following:
Accrued salary and wages
Accrued paid time off
Accrued board of director fees
Other accrued obligations
$
$
49,800
28,200
19,600
19,600
19,600
136,80 0
March 31,
2015
2014
161,241 $
159,992
401,532
2,947
725,712 $
80,328
155,166
214,553
4,241
454,288
$
$
Board of director’s fees aggregating $346,700 at March 31, 2015 were paid in April 2015.
Note 7. Notes Payable
From December 2014 through February 2015, the Company issued to certain accredited investors 2014 Series Secured Promissory Notes
(the “7% Bridge Notes”) in the aggregate original principal amount of $915,000. The 7% Bridge Notes accrue interest at a rate of 7% per annum.
All principal and interest under the 7% Bridge Notes will be due on July 1, 2015, however, the Company may elect to extend the maturity date
of the notes to January 1, 2016 by providing written notice to the note holders and a warrant to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s
common stock equal to (a) the then outstanding principal balance of the note, divided by (b) $6.00 multiplied by 125%. The Company may
prepay the 7% Bridge Notes at any time without penalty and shall prepay the 7% Bridge Notes in an amount equal to 25% of the net cash
proceeds received by the Company during each month from the issuance of either debt or equity.
The 7% Bridge Notes are secured by all tangible assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of that certain Security Agreement dated
December 3, 2014 between the Company and the note holders. The Company is obligated to keep the collateral and all of its other personal
property and assets free and clear of all other security interests, except for certain limited exceptions.
In connection with the issuance of the 7% Bridge Notes, the Company issued the note holders warrants to purchase 190,625 shares of
common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share. The warrants were exercisable on May 31, 2015 and expire on November 30, 2021. The
relative fair value of the warrants of $458,900 was recorded as a debt discount and is amortized to interest expense using the straight-line method
which approximates the effective interest method over the term of the notes. During the year ended March 31, 2015, the Company amortized
$237,500 of the debt discount to interest expense for these notes.
The Company did not pay any discounts or commissions with respect to the issuance of the 7% Bridge Notes or the warrants. In January
and March 2015, the Company repaid an aggregate of $173,600 of the original principal balance outstanding, representing 25% of the net
proceeds received from the Class A and Class B convertible preferred stock offering through February 28, 2015. All remaining principal and
accrued interest at March 31, 2015 was repaid in April 2015.
Note 8. Convertible Debentures Payable
2013 and 2014 Bridge Notes
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 and first nine months of fiscal 2014, the Company issued to certain accredited investors unsecured
convertible promissory notes (the “Bridge Notes”) in the original principal amount of $1,294,500 and $2,765,300, respectively, for total
principal of $4,059,800, pursuant to the terms of subscription agreements and letters of investment intent.
F- 17
The Bridge Notes accrued interest at a rate of 15% per annum from date of issuance until January 31, 2013 and at a rate of 5% per annum
from February 1, 2013 through the date of payment, in each case on a non-compounding basis. All principal and interest under the Bridge Notes
were due on December 31, 2013.
In connection with the issuance of the Bridge Notes to three accredited investors totaling $400,000 in June, July and August 2013, the
Company granted these investors warrants to purchase 149,789 shares of common stock at an exercise prices ranging from $2.28 to $3.48 per
share. The relative fair value of the warrants of $199,200 was recorded as a debt discount and was amortized to interest expense using the
straight-line method which approximated the effective interest method over the term of the Bridge Notes. These Bridge Notes accrued interest at
8% per annum from the date of issuance through date of payment, on a non-compounding basis. All other terms of these Bridge Notes are
consistent with the rest of the Bridge Notes. Upon conversion of the Bridge Notes in September and October 2013, the remaining unamortized
debt discount was amortized to interest expense.
In September and October 2013, the Bridge Note holders accepted an offer by the Company and converted an aggregate of $4,127,200 of
outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Bridge Notes into 1,719,668 units (the “Units”) at a price of $2.40 per Unit, with each Unit
consisting of (i) one share of common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”) and (ii) one warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock at
an exercise price of $4.44 per share. The warrants are exercisable beginning on March 31, 2015 and have a term of five years from date of
issuance. As the transaction was considered an induced conversion under the applicable accounting guidance, the Company recognized
$13,713,800 in debt conversion expense representing the estimated fair value of the securities transferred in excess of the estimated fair value of
the securities issuable upon the original conversion terms of the Bridge Notes. The Company calculated the estimated fair value of the common
stock issued by using the closing price of the stock on the date of issuance. The estimated fair value of the warrants was calculated using Black-
Scholes.
Upon conversion of the Bridge Notes, the remaining unamortized debt discount was amortized to interest expense. During the years ended
March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company amortized $0 and $199,200, respectively, to interest expense.
5% Bridge Notes
From December 2013 to March 2014, the Company issued to certain accredited investors unsecured convertible promissory notes in the
original principal amount of $1,793,000.
The 5% Bridge Notes accrued interest at a rate of 5% per annum from the date of issuance through date of payment, on a non-
compounding basis. All principal and interest under the 5% Bridge Notes became due on June 30, 2014.
In connection with the issuance of the 5% Bridge Notes, the Company granted these investors warrants to purchase 74,709 shares of
common stock at an exercise price of $5.88 per share. The warrants were exercisable on May 31, 2014 and expire on December 31, 2018. The
relative fair value of the warrants of $279,100 was recorded as a debt discount and was amortized to interest expense using the straight-line
method which approximated the effective interest method over the term of the 5% Bridge Notes. During the years ended March 31, 2015 and
2014, the Company amortized $184,700 and $94,400, respectively, of the debt discount to interest expense for these notes.
The agreement allowed that in the event the Company designated and issued one or more types of equity securities while the 5% Bridge
Notes were outstanding (a “Subsequent Offering”), the Company must provide written notice to the holders of the notes and such holders had a
right to convert up to all of the principal and accrued unpaid interest on the notes into shares of such equity securities on the same terms as the
Subsequent Offering during the ten days following the provision of such notice. The conversion price for these equity securities was 90% of the
offering price for the equity securities in the Subsequent Offering. At the time of issuance, the Company was unable to value the conversion
feature of these 5% Bridge Notes given the absence of a fixed conversion rate and the convertibility of the 5% Bridge Notes was contingent upon
the completion of a Subsequent Offering. However, on May 6, 2014, the Company completed the first convertible preferred stock offering which
established a firm commitment date. This triggered the valuation of the beneficial conversion feature of the 5% Bridge Notes which aggregated
$826,900 and was recorded as interest expense during the year ended March 31, 2015. Note holders with a principal amount of $1,743,000,
together with $24,000 of accrued interest, converted their 5% Bridge Notes to convertible preferred stock units (see Note 11) and one note holder
was paid principal and interest of $50,800.
Emergent Financial Group, Inc. (“Emergent”) served as the Company’s placement agent in connection with the original placement of the
Bridge Notes and 5% Bridge Notes and earned a commission of 9% of the original principal balance of such notes. Debt financing costs in the
aggregate of $492,500, comprised primarily of the commission earned by Emergent, were amortized to interest expense using the straight-line
method which approximated the effective interest method over the term of the notes. During the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the
Company amortized $98,400 and $385,400, respectively, of the debt financing costs to interest expense for these notes.
F- 18
Note 9. Related-Party Transactions
As of March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had aggregate principal balances of $1.3 million and $555,500, respectively, in outstanding
unsecured indebtedness owed to five related parties, including four former members of the Board of Directors, representing working capital
advances made to the Company from February 2001 through March 2005.
Related-Party Convertible Notes Payable
In March 2015, we entered into definitive agreements relating to the exchange or amendment of the notes evidencing such working capital
advances. Three of the notes issued to Patrick Mullins, M.D., Maryl Petreccia and Jeffrey Dell, M.D., which as of March 31, 2015 had
outstanding principal balances of $448,200, $266,700 and $208,900, respectively, were amended and the holders received warrants for the
purchase 37,347, 22,224, and 17,412 shares, respectively, of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share, exercisable on March 2,
2015 and expiring on March 1, 2020, and warrants to purchase 834, 417, and 417 shares, respectively, of our common stock at an exercise price
of $6.00 per share, exercisable on March 2, 2015 and expiring on March 1, 2020, to reimburse the three note holders for any fees or other
expenses incurred in connection with this transaction. The convertible notes, as amended, require interest payments on a calendar quarterly basis
and all outstanding principal and accrued interest on the maturity date, which is the earlier to occur of (i) March 1, 2016, (ii) the sale of all or
substantially all of our assets, or (iii) the merger, consolidation or other similar reorganization of the Company or an affiliate of our Company
with another entity. Under the terms of such convertible note, upon the closing of a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $5,000,000 of gross cash proceeds to the Company for the sale of shares of
common stock or includes the sale of shares of common stock among the sale of other securities, the holder has the option to convert into the
securities issued in such offering at a twenty percent (20%) discount to the price per share (or per unit, if applicable) of the securities issued by
the Company in such offering. The securities issued to the holder upon conversion will be restricted securities.
One note issued to Raymond Takahashi, M.D., was exchanged for (i) a new convertible promissory note with an original principal amount
equal to the outstanding principal and interest of the original note, and (ii) a warrant to purchase 1,490 shares of the Company’s common stock at
an exercise price of $6.00 per share, exercisable on February 20, 2015 and expiring on February 19, 2018. The new convertible note, which as of
March 31, 2015 had an outstanding principal balance of $35,800, requires interest payments on a calendar quarterly basis and all outstanding
principal and accrued interest on the maturity date, which is March 1, 2016. Under the terms of such convertible note, upon the closing of a
public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $5,000,000 of
gross cash proceeds to the Company for the sale of shares of common stock or includes the sale of shares of common stock among the sale of
other securities, the holder has the option to convert into the securities issued in such offering at a twenty percent (20%) discount to the price per
share (or per unit, if applicable) of the securities issued by the Company in such offering. The securities issued to the holder upon conversion
will be restricted securities.
The conversion of the related-party convertible notes payable at a 20% discount to the price per share of the securities issued in a public
offering is contingent upon the closing of a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, resulting in at least $5,000,000 of gross cash proceeds to the Company. The fair value of the beneficial conversion feature will be
recorded upon the contingency being resolved and the Company estimated the fair value of the beneficial conversion feature of the related-party
convertible notes aggregated $521,000 at March 31, 2015.
The relative fair value of the related-party warrants of $280,400 was recorded as a debt discount and will be amortized to interest expense
using the straight-line method which approximated the effective interest method over the term of the convertible notes. During the year ended
March 31, 2015, the Company amortized $20,800 of the debt discount to interest expense for these convertible notes.
Related-party interest expense under these notes was $33,500 and $36,500 for the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Accrued interest, which is included in related-party notes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, amounted to $4,600 and
$802,600 as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Related-Party Note Payable
One note issued to Marc Grossman, M.D., which as of March 31, 2015 had an outstanding principal balance of $298,500, as amended,
now provides for interest at a rate of 6% per annum commencing on March 13, 2015; however, no interest payments will be due if no event of
default occurs and if the Company (i) complies with its regular payment obligations, reimburses the payee for attorneys’ fees in connection with
the negotiation of the note amendment, up to a maximum amount of $1,000, on the later of (A) March 13, 2015, or (B) three (3) days after
receiving written notice from the payee of the amount of attorneys’ fees incurred by payee, and (iii) the Company immediately pays all unpaid
amounts due and payable in full before the earlier of May 1, 2016 or at the same time that payee(s) of any other promissory note(s) with the
Company that were issued in 2005 are paid in full before May 1, 2016, other than (Y) notes that are satisfied upon conversion into common
stock, warrants or any other equity of the Company, or (Z) notes that have been paid in full before March 2, 2015. All principal and interest
under the original note, as amended by the note amendment, will be due and shall be paid on May 1, 2016. The note requires monthly payments
of $20,000, except for the month of June 2015, where the monthly payment is $72,000.
5% Bridge Notes
From December 2013 to March 2014, the Company issued 5% Bridge Notes in the original principal amount of $1,793,000. This includes
two notes in the aggregate amount of $120,000 issued to Jerrell Shelton, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, on December 11, 2013 and
January 10, 2014 as well as a note in the amount of $100,000 issued to GBR Investments, LLC on February 3, 2014, of which Richard
Rathmann, a Director of the Company, is the manager (see Note 8).
F- 19
Class A Convertible Preferred Stock
In November 2014, both Mr. Shelton and GBR Investments, LLC participated in the Class A convertible preferred stock offering
described in Note 11 and the Company issued 4,167 shares of Class A convertible preferred stock each in exchange for an aggregate amount of
$100,000.
Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies
Facility and Equipment Leases
We lease 11,900 square feet of corporate, research and development, and warehouse facilities in Lake Forest, California under an
operating lease expiring June 30, 2015, which we do not intend to renew. In May 2015, we amended the lease to convert to a month-to-month
basis, commencing July 1, 2015. The base rent will be $9,500 and either party will have the right to cancel this month-to-month agreement by
giving the other party a minimum of a 90-day prior written notice. We are currently exploring other facilities to meet our growing demands. The
lease agreement contains certain scheduled rent increases, which are accounted for on a straight-line basis. We also lease certain office
equipment which expires in March 2018.
Future minimum lease payments are approximately as follows:
Years ending March 31,
2016
2017
2018
Operating
Leases
$
$
27,200
5,500
5,500
38,200
Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $168,900 and $178,000, respectively.
Employment Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with certain of our officers under which payment and benefits would become payable in the
event of termination by us for any reason other than cause, or upon a change in control of our Company, or by the employee for good reason.
Consulting and Engineering Services
Effective November 1, 2010, the Company entered into a Second Amendment to Master Consulting and Engineering Services Agreement
(the “Second Amendment”) with KLATU Networks, LLC (“KLATU”), which amended the Master Consulting and Engineering Services
Agreement between the parties dated as of October 9, 2007 (the “Agreement”), as amended by the First Amendment to Master Consulting and
Engineering Services Agreement between the parties dated as of April 23, 2009. The parties entered into the Second Amendment to clarify their
mutual intent and understanding that all license rights granted to the Company under the Agreement, as amended, shall survive any termination
or expiration of the Agreement. In addition, in recognition that the Company has paid KLATU less than the market rate for comparable services,
the Second Amendment provides that if the Company terminates the Agreement without cause, which the Company has no intention of doing, or
liquidates, KLATU shall be entitled to receive additional consideration for its services provided from the commencement of the Agreement
through such date of termination, which additional compensation shall not be less than $2 million plus two times the “cost of work” (as defined
in the Agreement). Any such additional compensation would be payable in three equal installments within 12 months following the date the
amount of such additional compensation is determined. If KLATU terminates that agreement, no such payments are payable.
The agreement provides for one year terms ending on December 31 of each year, but it automatically renews for one year periods unless
otherwise terminated. Consulting fees for services provided by KLATU were $339,300 and $395,300 for the years ended March 31, 2015 and
2014, respectively.
Litigation
The Company may become a party to product litigation in the normal course of business. The Company accrues for open claims based on
its historical experience and available insurance coverage. In the opinion of management, there are no legal matters involving the Company that
would have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
F- 20
Indemnities and Guarantees
The Company has made certain indemnities and guarantees, under which it may be required to make payments to a guaranteed or
indemnified party, in relation to certain actions or transactions. The guarantees and indemnities do not provide for any limitation of the
maximum potential future payments the Company could be obligated to make. Historically, the Company has not been obligated nor incurred
any payments for these obligations and, therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these indemnities and guarantees in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets.
The Company indemnifies its directors, officers, employees and agents, as permitted under the laws of the States of California and
Nevada. In connection with its facility lease, the Company has indemnified its lessor for certain claims arising from the use of the facility. The
duration of the guarantees and indemnities varies, and is generally tied to the life of the agreement.
Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity
Authorized Stock
The Company has 20,833,333 authorized shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. In September 2011, our
stockholders approved an amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to authorize a class of undesignated or "blank
check" preferred stock, consisting of 2,500,000 shares at $0.001 par value per share. Shares of preferred stock may be issued in one or more
series, with such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions to be fixed by the Company's board of directors. In May 2014, our stockholders
approved a Certificate of Designation, which designated 800,000 shares of preferred stock as Class A Convertible Preferred Stock. In February
2015, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada a Certificate of Designation which designated 400,000 shares of the
Company’s previously authorized preferred stock, par value $0.001, as Class B Convertible Preferred Stock. In April 2015, the Company filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada to increase the number shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock from 400,000 shares to
585,000 shares.
Designation of Class A Convertible Preferred Stock
On May 2, 2014, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada a Certificate of Designation which designated
800,000 shares of the Company’s previously authorized preferred stock, par value $0.001, as Class A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Class A
Preferred Stock”).
The rights, preferences, and privileges of the Class A Preferred Stock are summarized as follows:
• Dividends shall accrue on shares of Class A Preferred Stock at the rate of $0.96 per annum. Such dividends shall accrue day-to-day,
shall be cumulative, and shall be payable on when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company.
•
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of Class A Preferred Stock
then outstanding shall be entitled to receive a liquidation preference payment equal to $12.00 per share (subject to appropriate
adjustment in the event of a stock dividend, split, combination, or other similar recapitalization) plus any accrued dividends, but unpaid
thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon.
• Shares of Class A Preferred Stock shall vote together with the common stock on an as-converted basis. Holders of the Class A Preferred
Stock will have 2.5 votes per share of Class A Preferred Stock held compared to one vote for each share of the Company’s common
stock.
• At any time after September 1, 2014, shares of Class A Preferred Stock shall be convertible into 2.5 shares of common stock. In
addition, accrued but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock, whether or not declared, will also be convertible into common stock after
September 1, 2014 at the rate of one share for each $4.80 of dividend. Such conversion is subject to adjustment in the event of any stock
split or combination, certain dividends and distributions, and any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, or
merger involving the Company.
• Shares of the Class A Preferred Stock shall be subject to redemption by the Company at any time on or after January 15, 2017, upon
payment of $12.00 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock dividend, split, combination, or other similar
recapitalization) plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, thereon.
• On March 26, 2015, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada an Amended and Restated Certificate of
Designation (“Restated Designation”). The Restated Designation adopted certain special mandatory conversion provisions for the Class
A Preferred Stock upon a qualified offering (defined as a public offering resulting in at least $5,000,000 of gross cash proceeds),
whereby the Class A Preferred Stock is converted into the type of securities issued in such qualified offering at a twenty percent (20%)
discount.
F- 21
Issuance of Class A Convertible Preferred Stock
In May 2014, the Company entered into definitive agreements for a private placement of its securities to certain institutional and
accredited investors (the “Class A Investors”) pursuant to certain subscription agreements and elections to convert between the Company and the
Class A Investors. Through March 31, 2015, aggregate gross cash proceeds of $3.5 million (approximately $2.9 million after offering costs)
were collected in exchange for the issuance of 291,142 shares of our Class A Convertible Preferred Stock, and warrants, exercisable for five
years, to purchase up to a total of 194,095 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share. The Company intends to use the
net proceeds for working capital purposes.
Pursuant to the subscription agreements, the Company issued shares of a newly established Class A Convertible Preferred Stock and
warrants to purchase common stock of Cryoport. The shares and warrants were issued as a unit (a “Unit”) consisting of (i) one share of Class A
Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) one warrant to purchase 0.67 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share,
which were immediately exercisable and may be exercised at any time on or before March 31, 2019.
Pursuant to the terms of the 5% Bridge Notes issued by the Company between December 2013 and March 2014 with a total original
principal amount of $1,793,000, the issuance of the Units to Class A Investors at $12.00 per Unit entitled the holders of the 5% Bridge Notes to
convert up to the entire principal and accrued interest amount under the 5% Bridge Notes into Units at a rate of $10.80 per Unit. Through March
31, 2015, 5% Bridge Note holders totaling $1,743,000 in original principal sum elected to convert their 5% Bridge Notes, including accrued
interest of $24,000, for Units in exchange for the issuance of 163,608 shares of our Class A Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to
purchase up to 109,072 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share. Two of the 5% Bridge Note holders that executed
subscription agreements to convert 5% Bridge Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $220,000 are affiliates of the Company – Jerrell W.
Shelton, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and GBR Investments, LLC, which is managed by Richard Rathmann, a Director and
Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (collectively, the “Affiliates”).
The fair value of the beneficial conversion feature of the convertible preferred stock issuance and the relative fair value of the warrants
issued, aggregated $3.0 million through March 31, 2015. This amount was accreted to accumulated deficit and additional paid-in capital during
the year ended March 31, 2015.
Emergent served as the Company’s placement agent in this transaction and received, with respect to the gross proceeds received from
Class A Investors who converted their 5% Bridge Notes into Units (not including those conversions by the Affiliates), a commission of 3% and a
non-accountable finance fee of 1% of such proceeds, and with respect to gross proceeds received from all other Investors, a commission of 10%
and a non-accountable finance fee of 3% of the aggregate gross proceeds received from such Investors, plus reimbursement of legal expenses of
up to $40,000. Emergent was issued a warrant to purchase 0.25 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share for each Unit
issued in this transaction. The offering of Units to new Investors concluded on February 4, 2015.
As of March 31, 2015, 454,750 shares of Class A Convertible Preferred Stock and 303,167 of the related warrants were outstanding for
Class A Investors and 106,432 warrants were outstanding for Emergent in connection with the Class A Convertible Preferred Stock offering and
the 5% Bridge Note conversions.
No dividends have been declared as of March 31, 2015; however, the cumulative preferred stock dividend of $301,500 is included in the
net loss attributable to common stockholders (see Note 2) and the liquidation preference.
Designation of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock
On February 20, 2015, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada a Certificate of Designation which
designated 400,000 shares of the Company’s previously authorized preferred stock, par value $0.001, as Class B Convertible Preferred Stock
(“Class B Preferred Stock”). On April 15, 2015, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada to increase the number of
Class B Convertible Preferred stock from 400,000 to 585,000 shares.
The rights, preferences, and privileges of the Class B Preferred Stock are summarized as follows:
• Dividends shall accrue on shares of Class B Preferred Stock at the rate of $0.96 per annum. Such dividends shall accrue day-to-day,
shall be cumulative, and shall be payable on when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company.
F- 22
•
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of Class B Preferred Stock
then outstanding shall be entitled to receive a liquidation preference payment equal to $12.00 per share (subject to appropriate
adjustment in the event of a stock dividend, split, combination, or other similar recapitalization) plus any accrued dividends, but unpaid
thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon.
• Shares of Class B Preferred Stock shall vote together with the common stock on an as-converted basis. Holders of the Class B
Preferred Stock will have 2.5 votes per share of Class B Preferred Stock held compared to one vote for each share of the Company’s
common stock.
• At any time after issuance, shares of Class B Preferred Stock shall be convertible into 2.5 shares of common stock. In addition, accrued
but unpaid dividends on the Class B Preferred Stock, whether or not declared, will also be convertible into common stock after issuance
at the rate of one share for each $4.80 of dividend. Such conversion is subject to adjustment in the event of any stock split or
combination, certain dividends and distributions, and any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, or merger
involving the Company.
• Shares of the Class B Preferred Stock shall be subject to redemption by the Company at any time on or after January 15, 2017, upon
payment of $12.00 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock dividend, split, combination, or other similar
recapitalization) plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, thereon.
• Shares of the Class B Preferred stock shall be subject to special mandatory conversion provisions upon a qualified offering (defined as a
public offering resulting in at least $5,000,000 of gross cash proceeds), whereby the Class B Preferred Stock is converted into the type
of securities issued in such qualified offering at a twenty percent (20%) discount.
Issuance of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock
In February 2015, the Company entered into definitive agreements for a private placement of its securities to certain institutional and
accredited investors (the “Class B Investors”) pursuant to certain subscription agreements and elections to convert between the Company and the
Class B Investors. Through March 31, 2015, aggregate gross cash proceeds of $1.9 million (approximately $1.7 million after offering costs)
were collected in exchange for the issuance of 161,709 shares of our Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, and warrants, exercisable for five
years, to purchase up to a total of 107,806 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share. The Company intends to use the
net proceeds for working capital purposes.
Pursuant to the subscription agreements, the Company issued shares of a newly established Class B Convertible Preferred Stock and
warrants to purchase common stock of Cryoport. The shares and warrants were issued as a unit (a “Unit”) consisting of (i) one share of Class B
Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) one warrant to purchase 0.67 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share,
which were immediately exercisable and may be exercised at any time on or before May 31, 2020.
The fair value of the beneficial conversion feature of the convertible preferred stock issuance and the relative fair value of the warrants
issued, aggregated $1.9 million through March 31, 2015. This amount was accreted to accumulated deficit and additional paid-in capital during
the year ended March 31, 2015.
Emergent served as the Company’s placement agent in this transaction and received, with respect to the gross proceeds received from
Class B Investors, a commission of 10% and a non-accountable finance fee of 3% of the aggregate gross proceeds received from such Class B
Investors, plus reimbursement of legal expenses of up to $5,000. Emergent was issued a warrant to purchase 0.25 shares of common stock at an
exercise price of $6.00 per share for each Unit issued in this transaction. The offering of Units to new Class B Investors will conclude on May
18, 2015.
As of March 31, 2015, 161,709 shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock and 107,806 of the related warrants were outstanding for
Class B Investors and 38,115 warrants were outstanding for Emergent in connection with the Class B Convertible Preferred Stock offering.
No dividends have been declared as of March 31, 2015; however, the cumulative preferred stock dividend of $3,800 is included in the net
loss attributable to common stockholders and the liquidation preference (see Note 2).
Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance
As of March 31, 2015, approximately 8.8 million shares of common stock were issuable upon conversion or exercise of rights granted
under prior financing arrangements, preferred stock, stock options and warrants, as follows:
F- 23
Class A and B convertible preferred stock converted to common stock
Exercise of stock options
Exercise of warrants
Total shares of common stock reserved for future issuances
1,541,148
1,793,745
5,475,806
8,810,699
In August 2014 and January 2015, we issued an aggregate of 3,334 shares of restricted common stock to a consultant in exchange for
services. The Company recognized $17,400 in stock-based compensation expense related to these shares for the year ended March 31, 2015.
Note 12. Stock-Based Compensation
Warrant Activity
We typically issue warrants to purchase shares of our common stock to investors as part of a financing transaction or in connection with services
rendered by placement agents and consultants. Included in outstanding warrants are 21,905 warrants at March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively,
issued to employees or directors. Our outstanding warrants expire on varying dates through November 2021. A summary of warrant activity is as
follows:
Outstanding — March 31, 2013
Issued
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding — March 31, 2014
Issued
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding — March 31, 2015
Vested (exercisable) — March 31, 2015
Number of
Shares
3,085,600 $
2,103,436
(77,193 )
(3,311 )
(9,004 )
5,099,528
826,284
(23,256 )
(426,750 )
5,475,806 $
5,278,516 $
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price/Share
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)
14.16
4.20
2.64
101.88
95.52
10.08
6.00
4.08
39.36
7.20
7.20
2.6 $
2.4 $
11,225,300
10,704,400
(1) Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the exercise price of the warrant and the closing market price of the common
stock on March 31, 2015, which was $8.64 per share.
The following table summarizes information with respect to warrants outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2015:
Exercise Price
$
$
$
$
$
2.28 – 2.40
2.52 – 4.44
4.56 – 8.28
8.40 – 11.04
11.16 – 129.60
Number
Outstanding
198,965
1,729,315
1,734,819
1,785,964
26,743
5,475,806
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
3.3
3.5
3.0
0.7
2.2
F- 24
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
2.40
4.44
7.20
9.24
85.92
$
$
$
$
$
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
2.40
4.44
7.20
9.24
85.92
Number
Exercisable
198,965 $
1,729,315 $
1,537,529 $
1,785,964 $
26,743 $
5,278,516
Stock Options
We have three stock incentive plans: the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”)
and the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”), (collectively, the “Plans”). The 2002 Plan expired and no options have been granted
pursuant the 2002 Plan or 2009 Plan subsequent to the adoption of the 2011 Plan. On September 6, 2013 the stockholders approved an increase
to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock available for issuance under the 2011 Plan by 591,667 shares. On August 29, 2014 the
stockholders approved an increase to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock available for issuance by 125,000 shares. As of
March 31, 2015, the Company has 25,314 shares and 157,482 available for future awards under the 2009 Plan and the 2011 Plan, respectively. In
December 2014, 262,500 options were granted outside the plan to Jerrell Shelton, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.
During each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2015, we granted stock options at exercise prices equal to or greater than the
quoted market price of our common stock on the grant date. The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using Black-
Scholes with the following weighted average assumptions:
Expected life (years)
Risk-free interest rate
Volatility
Dividend yield
March 31,
2015
1.5 – 6.1
2014
1.6 – 6.0
0.31% - 2.03 %
103% - 128%
0.19% - 1.84%
127% - 140 %
0%
0%
The expected option life assumption is estimated based on the simplified method. Accordingly, the Company has utilized the average of
the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all options to calculate the expected option term. The risk-free
interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates appropriate for the expected term of our employee stock options. The expected
volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock commensurate with the expected life of the stock-based award. We do not anticipate
paying dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable future.
We recognize stock-based compensation cost over the vesting period using the straight-line single option method. Stock-based
compensation expense is recognized only for those awards that are ultimately expected to vest. An estimated forfeiture rate has been applied to
unvested awards for the purpose of calculating compensation cost. The estimated forfeiture rate of 0% per year is based on the historical
forfeiture activity of unvested stock options. These estimates are revised, if necessary, in future periods if actual forfeitures differ from the
estimates. Changes in forfeiture estimates impact compensation cost in the period in which the change in estimate occurs.
A summary of stock option activity is as follows:
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price/Share
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)
Number of
Shares
Outstanding — March 31, 2013
Granted (weighted-average fair value of $2.88 per
424,645 $
5.64
share)
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding — March 31, 2014
Granted (weighted-average fair value of $4.20 per
share)
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding — March 31, 2015
Vested (exercisable) — March 31, 2015
Unvested (unexercisable) — March 31, 2015
639,439
(54,750 )
(16,484 )
(1,667 )
991,183
955,199
(657 )
(150,130 )
(1,850 )
1,793,745 $
686,849 $
1,106,897 $
3.36
2.40
3.84
72.00
4.20
4.92
3.24
4.56
27.48
4.56
4.68
4.44
8.3 $
6.8 $
3.3 $
7,761,500
3,119,200
4,642,300
(1) Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing market price of the common
stock on March 31, 2015, which was $8.64 per share.
F- 25
The following table summarizes information with respect to stock options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2015:
Exercise Price
$
$
$
$
$
2.04 – 4.68
4.80 – 6.24
6.36 – 11.76
12.60 – 26.40
51.60 – 99.72
Number
Outstanding
856,959
835,501
90,103
4,467
6,715
1,793,745
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
7.8
9.4
4.7
5.4
1.5
$
$
$
$
$
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Number
Exercisable
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
3.36
4.92
7.92
19.44
55.44
473,531 $
121,676 $
80,772 $
4,155 $
6,715 $
686,849
3.12
5.16
8.04
19.68
55.44
As of March 31, 2015, there was unrecognized compensation expense of $4.2 million related to unvested stock options, which we expect
to recognize over a weighted average period of 3.3 years.
Note 13. Income Taxes
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of March 31, 2015 and 2014 are shown below:
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforward
Research credits
Expenses recognized for granting of options and warrants
Accrued expenses and reserves
Valuation allowance
March 31,
2015
2014
(000’s)
$
$
16,830 $
56
1,554
20
(18,460 )
— $
15,379
60
1,651
135
(17,225 )
—
Based on the weight of available evidence, the Company’s management has determined that it is more likely than not that the net deferred
tax assets will not be realized. Therefore, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets. The
Company’s income tax provision consists of state minimum taxes.
The income tax provision differs from that computed using the federal statutory rate applied to income before taxes as follows:
Computed tax benefit at federal statutory rate
State tax, net of federal benefit
Warrant MTM Adjustment
Induced conversion costs
Interest expense
Permanent items and other
Valuation allowance
March 31,
2015
(2,382,000 ) $
(187,000 )
—
—
462,000
873,600
1,235,000
1,600 $
$
$
2014
(6,650,000 )
(327,000 )
(7,000 )
4,663,000
—
4,600
2,318,000
1,600
At March 31, 2015, the Company has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $43,386,000 and $36,057,000
which will begin to expire in 2019, unless previously utilized, and as of 2012 have already begun to for state carryforwards. At March 31, 2015,
the Company has federal and California research and development tax credits of approximately $18,000 and $58,000, respectively. The federal
research tax credit begins to expire in 2026 unless previously utilized and the California research tax credit has no expiration date.
Utilization of the net operating loss and research and development carryforwards might be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to
ownership change limitations that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as well as similar state and foreign provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL and
R&D credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change”
as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership
change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders or public groups. Since the Company’s
formation, the Company has raised capital through the issuance of capital stock on several occasions which, combined with the purchasing
stockholders’ subsequent disposition of those shares, may have resulted in such an ownership change, or could result in an ownership change in
the future upon subsequent disposition.
F- 26
The Company has not completed a study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred. If the Company has experienced an
ownership change, utilization of the NOL or R&D credit carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 of the Code,
which is determined by first multiplying the value of the Company’s stock at the time of the ownership change by the applicable long-term, tax-
exempt rate, and then could be subject to additional adjustments, as required. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the NOL or
R&D credit carryforwards before utilization. Further, until a study is completed and any limitation is known, no amounts are being considered as
an uncertain tax position or disclosed as an unrecognized tax benefit. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in the
Company’s unrecognized tax benefits will not impact its effective tax rate. Any carryforwards that will expire prior to utilization as a result of
such limitations will be removed from deferred tax assets with a corresponding reduction of the valuation allowance.
On September 13, 2013, the U.S. Treasury Department released final income tax regulations on the deduction and capitalization of
expenditures related to tangible property. These final regulations apply to tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The Company adopted
the tax treatment of expenditures to improve tangible property and the capitalization of inherently facilitative costs to acquire tangible property
as of April 1, 2014. The tangible property regulations required the Company to make additional tax accounting method changes as of April 1,
2014; however, the impact of these changes was not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, its results of operations or its
footnote disclosures.
Note 14. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
A summary of quarterly financial data is as follows ($ in ‘000’s):
Year ended March 31, 2015
Total revenues
Gross margin
Operating loss
Net loss
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders -
basic and diluted
Year ended March 31, 2014
Total revenues
Gross margin
Operating loss
Net loss
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders -
basic and diluted
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
June 30
September 30 December 31 March 31
Quarter Ended
937 $
339 $
(1,168 ) $
(2,297 ) $
825 $
225 $
(1,375 ) $
(1,385 ) $
975 $
235 $
(1,357 ) $
(1,408 ) $
(0.61 ) $
(0.64 ) $
(0.40 ) $
488 $
55 $
(1,260 ) $
(1,324 ) $
580 $
72 $
(1,287 ) $
(14,960 ) $
757 $
167 $
(1,257 ) $
(1,840 ) $
(0.42 ) $
(4.59 ) $
(0.37 ) $
1,198
370
(1,693 )
(1,937 )
(0.79 )
835
143
(1,274 )
(1,441 )
(0.29 )
Earnings per basic and diluted shares are computed independently for each of the quarters presented based on basic and diluted shares
outstanding per quarter and, therefore, may not sum to the totals for the year.
Note 15. Subsequent Events
From April 6, 2015 to May 18, 2015, the Company issued additional shares of the Class B Convertible Preferred Stock to Class B
Investors. Gross proceeds of $4.2 million (approximately $3.6 million after offering costs) were collected in exchange for the issuance of
347,637 shares of our Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, and warrants, exercisable for five years, to purchase up to a total of 231,758 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share. In May 2015, Mrs. Richard Berman, spouse of a board member, participated in the
Class B Convertible Preferred Stock offering and the Company issued 1,667 shares of Class B convertible preferred stock each in exchange for
an aggregate amount of $20,000. The Company intends to use the net proceeds for working capital purposes.
On May 7, 2015, the Company granted employees and members of the board of director’s options to purchase 465,625 and 20,834 shares
of common stock, respectively, with an exercise price of $7.80 per share, of which 355,000 shares were issued outside of a plan. The exercise
price for the shares of common stock pursuant to the option is equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of
grant.
F- 27
Exhibit
No.
Index to Exhibits
Description
3.1
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2012.
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K dated October 23, 2012.
3.3
Cryoport Systems, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan adopted by the Board of Directors on October 1, 2002. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A2 dated January 26, 2006.
3.4
Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation of Class A Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 26, 2015.
3.5
Certificate of Designation of Class B Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K dated February 20, 2015.
3.6
Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Class B Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Amendment No. 1
to Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated April 17, 2015 and referred to as Exhibit 3.6.
3.7+
Certificate of Change filed with the Nevada Secretary of State on May 12, 2015.
4.1
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated September 28, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration
Statement on Form SB-2 dated November 9, 2007.
4.2
Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
June 9, 2008.
4.3
Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
June 9, 2008.
4.4
Form of Warrant and Warrant Certificate in connection with the February 25, 2010 public offering. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1/A Registration Statement dated February 9, 2010.
4.5
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement in connection with the August to October 2010 private placement. Incorporated by
reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 19, 2010.
4.6
Form of First Amendment to Security Purchase Agreement in connection with the August to October 2010 private placement.
Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 19, 2010.
4.7
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement (Continuation of the Placement) in connection with the August to October 2010 private
placement. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 19, 2010.
4.8
Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the August to October 2010 private placement. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 19, 2010.
4.9
Form of Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the August to October 2010 private placement. Incorporated
by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 19, 2010.
4.10
4.11
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement in connection with the February 2011 private placement. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated April 1, 2011.
Form of Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the February 2011 private placement. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated April 1, 2011.
Exhibit
No.
Description
4.12
Form of Warrant in connection with the August to October 2010 private placement. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated April 22, 2011.
4.13
Form of Warrant in connection with the February 2011 private placement. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration
Statement on Form S-1/A dated April 22, 2011.
4.14
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC
on February 24, 2012.
4.15
Form of Registration Rights Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC
on February 24, 2012.
4.16
4.17
Form of Warrant. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 24, 2012.
Form of Warrant issued with Convertible Promissory Notes. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.20 of Cryoport’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013.
4.18
Form of Warrant issued upon Conversion of Convertible Promissory Notes. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 of
Cryoport’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013.
4.19
Form of Warrant Issued to Placement Agents. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 of Cryoport’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013.
4.20
Form of Warrant issued with Convertible Promissory Notes (5% Bridge Notes). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 of
Cryoport’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended December 31, 2013.
4.21
Form of Warrant issued in connection with the May 2014 private placement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 of
Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2014.
4.22
Warrant to Purchase Common Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
December 9, 2014.
4.23
Warrant to Purchase Common Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
February 20, 2015.
4.24
Form of Warrant issued in connection with the Exchange and Investment Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2015.
4.25
Form of March Warrant issued in connection with the Investment Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2015.
4.26
Form of March Fee Warrant issued in connection with the Investment Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2015.
10.1.1
Commercial Promissory Note between Cryoport, Inc. and D. Petreccia executed on August 26, 2005. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A4 dated February 23, 2006.
10.1.2
Commercial Promissory Note between Cryoport, Inc. and J. Dell executed on September 1, 2005. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A4 dated February 23, 2006.
10.1.3
Commercial Promissory Note between Cryoport, Inc. and P. Mullens executed on September 2, 2005. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A4 dated February 23, 2006.
10.1.4
Commercial Promissory Note between Cryoport, Inc. and R. Takahashi executed on August 25, 2005. Incorporated by reference to
Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A4 dated February 23, 2006.
Exhibit
No.
Description
10.2.1
Lease Agreement dated June 26, 2007 between CryoPort, Inc. and Viking Investors—Barents Sea LLC. Incorporated by reference
to CryoPort’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 and referred to as Exhibit 10.5
10.2.2
Second Amendment To Lease: Renewal dated August 24, 2009, between CryoPort, Inc. and Viking Inventors-Barents Sea LLC.
Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1/A Registration Statement dated January 12, 2010.
10.2.3
Third Amendment to Lease: Renewal dated June 8, 2010 between Viking Investors Barents Sea, LLC. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5.3 to Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2013.
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
Securities Purchase Agreement dated September 27, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 dated November 9, 2007 and referred to as Exhibit 10.6.
Registration Rights Agreement dated September 27, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 dated November 9, 2007 and referred to as Exhibit 10.7.
Security Agreement dated September 27, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 dated
November 9, 2007 and referred to as Exhibit 10.8.
Securities Purchase Agreement dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
June 9, 2008 and referred to as Exhibit 10.10.
10.7
Registration Rights Agreement dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
June 9, 2008 and referred to as Exhibit 10.11.
10.8
Waiver dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 9, 2008 and referred
to as Exhibit 10.12.
10.9
Security Agreement dated May 30, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 9, 2008
and referred to as Exhibit 10.13.
10.10
Consent, Waiver and Agreement with Enable Growth Partners LP, Enable Opportunity Partners LP, Pierce Diversified Strategy
Master Fund LLC, Ena, BridgePointe Master Fund Ltd. and Cryoport Inc. and its subsidiary dated July 30, 2009. Incorporated by
reference to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 29, 2009 and referred to as Exhibit 10.15.
10.11.1
Master Consulting and Engineering Services Agreement dated October 9, 2007 with KLATU Networks, LLC and CryoPort, Inc.
Incorporated by reference to Cryoport, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated March 25, 2009 and referred to as Exhibit
10.2.
10.11.2
First Amendment to Master Consulting and Engineering Services Agreement dated as of April 23, 2009, between CryoPort, Inc.
and KLATU Networks, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated December 17,
2010 and referred to as Exhibit 10.32.
10.11.3
Second Amendment to Master Consulting and Engineering Services Agreement dated as of November 1, 2010, between CryoPort,
Inc. and KLATU Networks, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Cryoport’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated December
17, 2010 and referred to as Exhibit 10.33.
10.12
Stock Option Agreement ISO under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan of Cryoport Systems, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A2 dated January 26, 2006.
10.13
Stock Option Agreement NSO under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan of Cryoport Systems, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10-SB/A2 dated January 26, 2006.
10.14
2009 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Company’s Current Report on Form
8-K dated October 15, 2009 and referred to as Exhibit 10.21.
Exhibit
No.
Description
10.15
Form Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.22 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 9, 2009.
10.16
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated April 27, 2010.
10.17
2011 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended and restated). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit B of the Company’s Definitive Proxy
Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on July 30, 2012.
10.18
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on September 27, 2011.
10.19
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to Cryoport’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 27, 2011.
10.20
Form of Convertible Promissory Note. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
with the SEC on June 25, 2013.
10.21
Form of Amendment to Convertible Promissory Note. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Cryoport’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2013.
10.22
Form of Convertible Promissory Note. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
with the SEC on June 25, 2013.
10.23*
Employment Agreement between the Company and Jerrell Shelton. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2012 and referred to as Exhibit 10.45.
10.24*
Stock Option Agreement dated November 5, 2012 between the Company and Jerrell Shelton. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.28 to Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2013.
10.25#
Master Agreement between the Company and Federal Express Corporation dated January 1, 2013. Incorporated by reference to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2013 and referred to as Exhibit 10.1.
10.26*
Employment Agreement dated June 28, 2013 with Jerrell Shelton. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Cryoport’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 3, 2013.
10.27
Form of Convertible Promissory Notes issued with Warrants. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Cryoport’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013.
10.28
Form of Letter of Tender and Exchange. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Cryoport’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013.
10.29
Form of Convertible Promissory Note (5% Bridge Note) issued with Warrants. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to
Cryoport’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended December 31, 2013.
10.30
Form of Subscription Agreement in connection with the May 2014 private placement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to
Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2014.
10.31
Form of Election to Convert in connection with the May 2014 private placement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to
Cryoport’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2014.
10.32
Form of Indemnification Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on July 16, 2014.
10.33
Subscription Agreement and Letter of Investment Intent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cryoport’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 9, 2014.
Exhibit
No.
Description
10.34
2014 Series Secured Promissory Note. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on December 9, 2014.
10.35
Security Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
December 9, 2014.
10.36
Subscription Agreement and Letter of Investment Intent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Cryoport’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 20, 2015.
10.37
Form of Note Exchange Agreement and Letter of Investment Intent, dated February 19, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 9, 2015.
10.38
Form of Exchange Note issued in connection with the Exchange and Investment Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 9, 2015.
10.39
Form of Letter of Investment Intent, dated March 2, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Cryoport’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 9, 2015.
10.40
Form of Amended and Restate Note issued in connection with the Exchange and Investment Agreement. Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.4 to Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 9, 2015.
10.41
Amendment to Simple Interest Commercial Promissory Note, dated March 2, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
Cryoport’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 9, 2015
10.42*+
Stock Option Agreement dated December 18, 2014 between the Company and Jerrell Shelton.
21+
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23.1+
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—KMJ Corbin & Company LLP.
31.1+
Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
31.2+
Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
32.1+
Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b)/15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
32.2+
Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b)/15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
101.INS+ XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH+ XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL+ XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF+ XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB+ XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE+ XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
*
#
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
+
Filed herewith.
EXHIBIT 3.7
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT 10.42
This Stock Option Agreement (“Agreement”) is between Cryoport, Inc. (“Company”) and Jerrell Shelton (the “Optionee”), and is
effective as of December 18, 2014 (“Grant Date”).
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Optionee agree as follows:
1. Grant of Option . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee the right and option to purchase from
the Company all or any part of an aggregate of 3,150,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company (“Option”). The Option granted under
this Agreement is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
“Code”).
2. Purchase Price . The purchase price under this Agreement is $0.40 , the per share closing price the of Common Stock of the
Company (“Stock”) on the Grant Date, which is equal to the fair market value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date.
3. Vesting of Option . The Option shall vest and be exercisable according to the following schedule:
1/48 of the options vest on the 18 th of each month for forty eight months beginning on 1/18/2015 and ending on 12/18/2019
Provided that such vesting will be accelerated on the date that the Company files a Form 10-Q or Form 10-K indicating an income from
operations for the Company in two consecutive fiscal quarters;
Provided further, that, pursuant to Section 13 below, such vesting will be accelerated in the event of a Change of Control (as defined in Section
13).
4. Exercise of Option . This Option may be exercised, to the extent vested (under Section 3 above), in whole or in part at any time
before the Option expires by delivery of a written notice of exercise (under Section 6 below) and payment of the purchase price in cash or such
other method permitted by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”) under Section 5 and
communicated to the Optionee before the date the Optionee exercises the Option.
5. Payment . The Committee may determine methods other than cash by which the exercise price of the Option may be paid, the form
of payment, including, without limitation, cash, promissory note, shares of Stock held for longer than six months (through actual tender or by
attestation), any net-issuance arrangement or other property acceptable to the Committee (including broker-assisted “cashless exercise”
arrangements), and the methods by which shares of Stock shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to the Optionee.
6. Method of Exercising Option . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Option may be exercised by timely delivery to the
Company of written notice, which notice shall be effective on the date received by the Company. The notice shall state the Optionee’s election to
exercise the Option and the number of underlying shares in respect of which an election to exercise has been made. Such notice shall be signed
by the Optionee, or if the Option is exercised by a person or persons other than the Optionee because of the Optionee’s death, such notice must
be signed by such other person or persons and shall be accompanied by proof acceptable to the Company of the legal right of such person or
persons to exercise the Option.
7. Registration . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement on Form S-3 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the resale of the Stock and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration
statement to be declared effective as soon as practicable.
8. Term of Option . The Option granted under this Agreement expires at the earlier of (a) ten (10) years from the Grant Date, through
and including the normal close of business of the Company on the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date, and (b) ninety (90) days after the
resignation and/or removal of the Optionee as an employee of the Company, through and including the normal close of business of the Company
on the ninetieth (90th) day after such resignation and/or removal.
9. Tax Withholding . Unless otherwise provided by the Committee prior to the vesting of Option, the Optionee shall satisfy any
federal, state, local or foreign employment or income taxes due upon the vesting of Option (or otherwise) by having the Company withhold from
those shares of Stock that the Optionee would otherwise be entitled to receive, a number of shares having a fair market value equal to the
minimum statutory amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax
withholding obligations. Any such withholding shall be subject to the provisions of applicable law and to any conditions the Committee may
determine to be necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act. In lieu of, and subject to, the above, the
Committee may also permit the Optionee to satisfy any federal, state, local, or foreign employment or income taxes due upon the vesting of
Option (or otherwise) by (i) personal check or other cash equivalent acceptable to the Company, (ii) permitting the Optionee to execute a same
day sale of Stock pursuant to procedures approved by the Company, or (iii) such other method as approved by the Committee, all in accordance
with applicable Company policies and procedures and applicable law.
10. Nontransferability . The Option granted by this Agreement shall not be transferable by the Optionee or any other person claiming
through the Optionee, either voluntarily or involuntarily, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
11. Nonstatutory Stock Option . The Option granted hereunder is a nonstatutory (non-qualified) stock option, and is not an “incentive
stock option” pursuant to the Code.
2
12. Stock Certificates . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any
certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of the Option, unless and until the Committee has determined, with advice of
counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and,
if applicable, the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which the shares of Stock are listed, quoted or traded. All Stock
certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary
or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national
securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends on any
Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board Directors
may require that the Optionee make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board of Directors, in its discretion,
deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
13. Change in Control . Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, the entire Option shall
automatically become immediately vested and/or exercisable and that all restrictions relating to the Option shall lapse.
a. “Change in Control” means any one or more of the following events:
(i) The date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as determined in accordance with
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)), acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or
group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company. This paragraph (i) only
applies when there is a transfer of stock of the Company (or issuance of stock of the Company) and stock in the Company remains outstanding
after the transaction;
(ii) The date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as determined in accordance with
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent
acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total
gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, “gross fair
market value” means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any
liabilities associated with such assets; or
(iii) The date that any person, or more than one person acting as a group (as determined in accordance with Treasury
Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the most recent acquisition by such person or
persons) ownership of stock of Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of Company.
3
The transfer of stock or assets of the Company in connection with a bankruptcy filing by or against the Company under Title 11 of the United
States Code will not be considered to be a Change of Control for purposes of this Agreement. Additionally, a transaction shall not constitute a
Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in
substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.
14. Waiver and Modification . The provisions of this Agreement may not be waived or modified unless such waiver or modification is
in writing and signed by a representative of the Committee.
15. Adjustments . In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of Stock by reason of a stock dividend or split, recapitalization,
merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, or other similar corporate change, the aggregate number of shares of Stock subject to
the Option and its stated exercise price shall be adjusted appropriately by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive; provided,
however, that fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. Moreover, in the event of such transaction or event, the Committee,
in its discretion, may provide in substitution for the Option such alternative consideration (including cash) as it, in good faith, may determine to
be equitable under the circumstances and may require in connection therewith the surrender of the Option so replaced. Further, with respect to
any Option that otherwise satisfies the requirements of the stock rights exception to Section 409A of the Code, any adjustment pursuant to this
Section 15 shall be made consistent with the requirements of the final regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.
16. Requirements of Law
a. Securities Act . The Company shall not be required to deliver any shares of Stock pursuant to the vesting of the Option if,
in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such issuance would violate the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable federal or state
securities laws or regulations. The granting of the Option and the issuance of shares and/or cash under this Agreement shall be subject to all
applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
The Company shall be under no obligation to register pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any of the shares of Stock paid
pursuant to the Agreement. If the shares of Stock paid pursuant to the Agreement may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration
pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to
ensure the availability of any such exemption.
b. Securities Law Compliance . If Optionee is obligated to file reports pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act,
transactions pursuant to this Agreement are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors pursuant to the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Committee may impose such conditions on the exercise of the
Option as may be required to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or its successors pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. To the
extent any provision herein or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be void to the extent permitted by law and voidable as deemed
advisable by the Committee.
4
c. Restrictions . The Committee shall impose such restrictions on the Option as it may deem advisable, including without
limitation, restrictions under applicable federal securities law, under the requirements of any Stock exchange upon which the Stock is then listed
and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Option.
17. Section 409A of the Code .
a. General Compliance . If this Agreement is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Company intends (but cannot and does
not guarantee) that this Agreement complies fully with and meets all of the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or an exception thereto.
To the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, this Agreement may be modified, replaced or terminated in the discretion of
the Committee. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Committee determines that this
Agreement is or may become subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Company may adopt such amendments to this Agreement, without the
consent of Optionee, or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effective dates), or
take any other action that the Committee determines to be necessary or appropriate to either comply with Section 409A of the Code or to exclude
or exempt this Agreement from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
b. Delay for Specified Employees . If, at the time of Optionee’s “separation of service” the Company has any Stock which is
publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if the Optionee is considered to be a “specified employee” to the extent any
payment or consideration under this Agreement is subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and is payable upon the Optionee’s
“separation from service,” such payment shall not commence prior to the first business day following the date which is six (6) months after the
Optionee’s “separation from service” (or if earlier than the end of the six (6) month period, the date of the Optionee’s death). Any amounts that
would have been distributed during such six (6) month period will be distributed on the day following the expiration of the six (6) month period.
c. Prohibition on Acceleration or Deferral . Under no circumstances may the time or schedule of any payment for any
amount under this Agreement that is subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code be accelerated or subject to further deferral except
as otherwise permitted or required pursuant to regulations and other guidance issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. If the Company fails
to make any payment pursuant to the payment provisions applicable to this Agreement that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, either
intentionally or unintentionally, within the time period specified in such provisions, but the payment is made within the same calendar year, such
payment will be treated as made within the time period specified in the provisions. In addition, in the event of a dispute with respect to any
payment, such payment may be delayed in accordance with the regulations and other guidance issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.
5
18. Voting and Other Shareholder Related Rights . The Optionee will have no voting rights or any other rights as a shareholder of the
Company with respect to any Option until exercised by the Optionee.
19. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered under the laws of the State of Nevada.
20. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement executed by the Company and the Optionee.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative and Optionee
has signed this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be effective as of the day and year first written above.
12/18/14
Date
Cryoport, Inc.
By:
Name: Robert Stefanovich
Title: Chief Financial Officer
6
CryoPort Systems, Inc.
CRYOPORT, INC.
Subsidiaries of Registrant
EXHIBIT 21
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement Nos. 333-159899, 333-166327, 333-177168, 333-184543 and 333-
197437 on Form S-8 of our report dated May 19, 2015 (which includes an explanatory paragraph regarding Cryoport, Inc.’s ability to continue
as a going concern), with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Cryoport, Inc. included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of
Cryoport, Inc. for the years ended March 31, 2015 and 2014.
EXHIBIT 23.1
/s/ KMJ Corbin & Company LLP
Costa Mesa, California
May 19, 2015
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
EXHIBIT 31.1
I, Jerrell W. Shelton, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cryoport, Inc.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.
Date: May 19, 2015
/s/ JERRELL W. SHELTON
JERRELL W. SHELTON
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
EXHIBIT 31.2
I, Robert S. Stefanovich, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cryoport, Inc.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.
Date: May 19, 2015
/s/ ROBERT S. STEFANOVICH
Robert S. Stefanovich
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Cryoport,
Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
(i) the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2015 (the “Report”) fully complies with
the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
EXHIBIT 32.1
Company.
Date: May 19, 2015
This certification accompanies this Report pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended.
/s/ JERRELL W. SHELTON
Jerrell W. Shelton
Chief Executive Officer and Director
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
EXHIBIT 32.2
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Cryoport,
Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
(i) the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2015 (the “Report”) fully complies with
the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
Date: May 19, 2015
This certification accompanies this Report pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended.
/s/ ROBERT S. STEFANOVICH
Robert S. Stefanovich
Chief Financial Officer